Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

power-law+body

  • 21 сила

    1. strength, force
    (мощ) power, might
    (степен на сила) intensity, vehemence, violence
    (енергия) energy, vigour, stamina
    (насилие) force, violence
    сила на вятъра strength of the wind
    сила на светлината/на електрически ток intensity of light/of an electric current
    сила на притеглянето физ. attraction
    сила на сцеплението физ. cohesion
    сила на съпротивлението физ. resistance
    сила на тежестта физ. gravity
    гравитационна сила attraction of gravity
    сила на глас carrying power of a voice
    сила на звук volume/intensity of a sound
    сила на удар shock of a blow
    сила на експлозия force/shock of an explosion
    сила на мускулите muscular strength
    сила на болест virulence of a disease
    силата на слънцето the power of the sun
    физическа сила physical force, bodily strength
    конска сила horse power (съкр. h. p.)
    двигателна/електродвижеща/ударна сила rootive/electromotive/striking power
    силата на младостта the vigour of youth
    сила на волята will-power, strength of will
    сила на духа strength of mind, fortitude
    силата на паметта the tenacity of memory
    силата на примера the power of example
    жизнена сила vigour, vitality
    вътрешни сили internal resources
    скрита сила hidden strength
    скрити сили hidden forces, latent powers
    груба сила brute force
    със сила by main force, ( насилствено) forcibly, through violence
    с все/всичка сила, с всички сили violently; with all o.'s might, with might and main; for all one is worth
    разг. with tooth and nail
    (за звук) full blast
    викам с все сила cry at the top of o.'s voice
    послужвам си със сила use force, take violent action
    давам сила на lend force/strength to
    защитни сили на организма staying powers, forces/powers of resistance
    тъмни сили dark/sinister forces
    според силите си, доколкото ми стигат силите as much as one is able, according to o.'s powers, to the best of o.'s power/ability, to the utmost of o.'s capacity; as far as o.'s powers go, to the extent of o.'s powers
    правя всичко, което ми е по силите do everything within o.'s power
    напълно по силите на well within the reach of
    не но силите на beyond the powers of; too much for
    това не ми е по силите I am not equal to/not up to this, it is beyond my powers, it is too much for me
    разг. this beats me
    (не съм компетентен) it is beyond my reach/scope
    нямам вече сили, не са ми оставали сили, на края на силите си съм have no strength left, разг. be at the end of o.'s tether
    нямам сили да be too weak to
    не ми останаха сили разг. I am quite knocked up
    губя сили lose strength, grow weaker, break up
    силите ми ме напускат my strength is failing me/is giving way
    намирам сили в себе си find the strength, find enough strength in o.s., trust o.s., have it in one, find it in one (да to)
    хабя силите си spend/waste o.'s strength, dissipate o.'s energy/energies
    изчерпвам силите на exhaust the power/strength of
    възстановявам силите си restore o.'s forces/energies, recover o.'s strength
    събирам сили work up/gather/muster strength
    пазя силите си keep o.'s strength
    пестя силите си save o.'s energies
    черпя сили от draw o.'s strength from
    напрягам силите си, работя свръх силите си strain o.s
    * * *
    сѝла,
    ж., -и 1. strength, force; forcefulness; ( мощ) power, might; ( степен на сила) intensity, vehemence, violence; ( енергия) energy, vigour, stamina; ( насилие) force, violence; бягам/тътря с все \силаа run/set off at full pelt; викам с все \силаа cry at the top of o.’s voice; възстановявам \силаите си restore o.’s forces/energies, recover o.’s strength; вътрешни \силаи internal resources; гравитационна \силаа физ. attraction of gravity; груба \силаа brute force; губя \силаи lose strength, grow weaker, break up; двигателна/електродвижеща/ударна \силаа motive/electromotive/striking power; жизнена \силаа vigour, vitality; защитни \силаи на организма staying power, forces/powers of resistance; изчерпвам \силаите на exhaust the power/strength of; конска \силаа horse power, съкр. h.p.; намирам \силаи в себе си find the strength, find enough strength in o.s., trust o.s., have it in one, find it in one (да to); напрягам всички \силаи да strain every muscle; напрягам \силаите си, работя свръх \силаите си strain o.s. (to the utmost), overtax o.s.; напълно по \силаите на well within the reach of; не ми останаха \силаи разг. I am quite knocked up; не мога да намеря \силаи да I can’t bring myself to; нямам \силаи да be too weak to; пазя \силаите си keep o.’s strength; пестя \силаите си save o.’s energies; политика от позиция на \силаата a-position-of-strength policy; правя всичко, което е по \силаите ми do everything within o.’s power; с все/всичка \силаа, с всички \силаи violently; with all o.’s might, with might and main; for all one is worth; разг. with tooth and nail, flat out; (за звук) full blast; с последни \силаи by a last effort; \силаа на болест virulence of a disease; \силаа на волята will-power, strength of will; \силаа на вятъра strength of the wind; \силаа на глас carrying power of a voice; \силаа на духа strength of mind, fortitude; \силаа на експлозия force/shock of an explosion; \силаа на звук volume/intensity of a sound; \силаа на мускулите muscular strength; \силаа на притеглянето физ. attraction; \силаа на светлината/на електрическия ток intensity of light/of an electric current; \силаа на сцеплението физ. cohesion; \силаа на съпротивлението физ. resistance; \силаа на тежестта физ. gravity; \силаа на удар shock of a blow; \силаата на паметта the tenacity of memory; \силаата на слънцето the power of the sun; \силаите ми ме напускат my strength is failing me/is giving way; скрити \силаи hidden forces, latent powers; според \силаите си, доколкото ми стигат \силаите as much as one is able, according to o.’s powers, to the best of o.’s power/ability, to the utmost of o.’s capacity; as far as o.’s powers go, to the extent of o.’s power; събирам \силаи work up/gather/muster strength; със \силаа by main force, ( насилствено) forcibly, through violence; със собствени \силаи by o.’s own efforts; това не ми е по \силаите I am not equal to/not up to this, it is beyond my powers, it is too much for me; разг. this beats me; I can’t hack this; (не съм компетентен) it is beyond my reach/scope; тъмни \силаи dark/sinister forces; употреба на \силаа use of force; физическа \силаа physical force, bodily strength; разг. beef; elbow-grease; хабя \силаите си spend/waste o.’s strength, dissipate o.’s energy/energies; черпя \силаи от draw o.’s strength from;
    2. юр. effect; force; validity; в \силаа съм (за закон и пр.) hold; be valid; be in force; влизам в \силаа come into force/effect, become effective/operative, take effect; законът е в \силаа от днес the law is effective from today; заповедта е в \силаа the order stands; нямам законна \силаа be null and void; оставам в \силаа remain valid, continue in force; по \силаата на закона on the strength of the law, under the law; по \силаата на съдебно решение/споразумение under a court order/an agreement; със законна \силаа legally binding;
    3. ( изтъкнат деец, талант) talent; млади \силаи young/new talent, young energies, new blood;
    4. само мн. ( група с влияние) forces; враждебни \силаи hostile powers; разпределение на \силаи alignment of forces; революционни/демократически \силаи revolutionary/democratic forces;
    5. само мн. воен. forces; военновъздушни \силаи air-force, ( английски) Royal Air Force, съкр. RAF; въоръжени \силаи armed forces; главните \силаи the main body; морски/сухопътни \силаи naval/land forces; превъзхождащи \силаи superior force(s); сухопътни, морски и въздушни \силаи the fighting forces; съсредоточаване на \силаи build-up; • в \силаата си at o.’s height, (за човек и пр.) in o.’s prime; Великите \силаи истор., полит. the great powers; договарящи се \силаи contracting powers; по \силаата на by/in virtue of, on the strength of; по \силаата на обстоятелствата owing to the force of circumstances, by force of circumstances; по \силаата на това on that ground; according; by implication; производителни \силаи productive forces; работна \силаа икон. labour.
    * * *
    force: use сила against - използвам сила срещу, democratic силаs - демократични сили, air-сила - военновъздушни сили; strength: He found the сила to overcome the pain. - Той намери сили да преодолее болката., You need a vacation to recover your сила. - Трябва да отидеш на почивка, за да възстановиш силите си., draw сила from - черпя сили от; power: horse сила - конска сила, She obtains inner сила.- Тя притежава вътрешна сила., staying силаs - защитни сили, electric сила - електрическа сила; might (мощ); (степен на сила): intensity; violence; vehemence; manitou (природна); acuteness; effect (юр.); energy: He works with inexhaustible сила. - Той работи с неизчерпаема сила.; impetus; medium; mightiness; muscle (мускулна); pith; potency; stringency (на довод); verve; vigour; vim (разг.); virility; virtue: by сила of the circumstances - по силата на обстоятелствата; volume (на звук)
    * * *
    1. (енергия) energy, vigour, stamina 2. (за звук) full blast 3. (мощ) power, might 4. (насилие) force, violence 5. (не съм компетентен) it is beyond my reach/scope 6. (степен на сила) intensity, vehemence, violence 7. strength, force 8. СИЛА на болест virulence of a disease 9. СИЛА на волята will-power, strength of will 10. СИЛА на вятъра strength of the wind 11. СИЛА на глас carrying power of a voice 12. СИЛА на духа strength of mind, fortitude 13. СИЛА на експлозия force/shock of an explosion 14. СИЛА на звук volume/intensity of a sound 15. СИЛА на мускулите muscular strength 16. СИЛА на притеглянето физ. attraction 17. СИЛА на светлината/ на електрически ток intensity of light/of an electric current 18. СИЛА на сцеплението физ. cohesion 19. СИЛА на съпротивлението физ. resistance 20. СИЛА на тежестта физ. gravity 21. СИЛА на удар shock of a blow 22. СИЛАта на младостта the vigour of youth 23. СИЛАта на паметта the tenacity of memory 24. СИЛАта на примера the power of example 25. СИЛАта на слънцето the power of the sun 26. викам с все СИЛА cry at the top of o.'s voice 27. възстановявам силите си restore o.'s forces/energies, recover o.'s strength 28. вътрешна СИЛА inner power 29. вътрешни сили internal resources 30. гравитационна СИЛА attraction of gravity 31. грубаСИЛА brute force 32. губя сили lose strength, grow weaker, break up 33. давамСИЛА на lend force/strength to 34. двигателна/електродвижеща/ ударна СИЛА rootive/elеctromotive/striking power 35. жизнена СИЛА vigour, vitality 36. защитни сили на организма staying powers, forces/powers of resistance 37. изчерпвам силите на exhaust the power/strength of 38. конска СИЛА horse power (съкр. h. p.) 39. намирам сили в себе си find the strength, find enough strength in o.s., trust o.s., have it in one, find it in one (да to) 40. напрягам всички сили strain every muscle 41. напрягам силите си, работя свръх силите си strain o.s. 42. напълно по силите на well within the reach of 43. не ми останаха сили разг. I am quite knocked up 44. не мога да намеря сили да I can't bring myself to 45. не но силите на beyond the powers of;too much for 46. нямам вече сили, не са ми оставали сили, на края на силите си съм have no strength left, разг. be at the end of o.'s tether 47. нямам сили да be too weak to 48. пазя силите си keep o.'s strength 49. пестя силите си save o.'s energies 50. поглъщам всичките сили на някого absorb all o.'s energies 51. политика от позиция на СИЛА a-position-of-strength policy 52. послужвам си със СИЛА use force, take violent action 53. правя всичко, което ми е по силите do everything within o.'s power 54. разг. this beats me 55. разг. with tooth and nail 56. с все/всичка СИЛА, с всички сили violently;with all o.'s might, with might and main;for all one is worth 57. с последни сили by a last effort 58. силите ми ме напускат my strength is failing me/is giving way 59. скрита СИЛА hidden strength 60. скрити сили hidden forces, latent powers 61. според силите си, доколкото ми стигат силите as much as one is able, according to o.'s powers, to the best of o.'s power/ability, to the utmost of o.'s capacity;as far as o.'s powers go, to the extent of o.'s powers 62. събирам сили work up/gather/ muster strength 63. със СИЛА by main force, (насилствено) forcibly, through violence 64. със собствени сили by о.'s own efforts 65. творчески сили creative powers 66. това не ми е по силите I am not equal to/not up to this, it is beyond my powers, it is too much for me 67. тъмни сили dark/sinister forces 68. употреба на СИЛА use of force 69. физическа СИЛА physical force, bodily strength 70. хабя силите си spend/waste o.'s strength, dissipate o.'s energy/energies 71. черпя сили от draw o.'s strength from

    Български-английски речник > сила

  • 22 móc

    f 1. sgt (siła psychiczna, fizyczna) power
    - moc moralna/wewnętrzna/duchowa a moral/an inner/a spiritual power
    - nadzieja dodaje ludziom mocy hope gives people power
    - z (całą) mocą strongly, wholeheartedly
    - z całej mocy with all one’s might; with might and main książk.
    2. sgt (wielka energia, siła) force
    - moc sztormu/wybuchu the force of the storm/explosion
    - oślepiająca moc reflektorów the dazzling effect of searchlights
    3. (zdolność wywierania wpływu) power
    - lecznicza moc ziół the therapeutic effect a. power of herbs
    - magiczna moc kamieni the magic power of stones
    - moc czyjegoś autorytetu the power of sb’s authority
    - moc opiekuńcza protective power
    - odczyniać złe moce to repel the powers of evil
    - przywoływać dobre moce to summon (up) the powers of good
    - moc sprawcza a prime mover
    - wiara w moc sprawczą Boga a belief in God’s power
    - niepokoi mnie rosnąca moc oddziaływania mediów I’m disturbed by the increasing power of the media’s influence
    4. sgt Prawo legal validity
    - moc dekretu/dokumentów the legal validity of a decree/documents
    - ustawa niedługo nabierze mocy the resolution will soon become legally enforceable
    - wydano dekret z mocą ustawy a decree having the force of law has been issued
    - moc wsteczna retroaction
    - pozostawać/utrzymywać się w mocy to be/remain in force
    5. Przem. capabilities
    - moce produkcyjne/przerobowe/wydobywcze productive/processing/mining capacity
    6. sgt (stężenie substancji) strength; (wina) body
    - moc alkoholu/herbaty/kawy/kwasu the strength of alcohol/tea/coffee/acid
    7. sgt przen. (wytrzymałość, odporność) strength
    - moc tkaniny/materiału the strength of fabric/material
    - dodatki do betonu zwiększają jego moc additives to concrete increase its strength
    8. sgt Fiz. power
    - moc elektrowni/reaktora the power of a power plant/a reactor
    - moc żarówki (light) bulb wattage
    - silnik o znacznej mocy a powerful engine
    pron. książk. a lot, a (whole) host
    - moc ludzi a lot a. a (whole) host of people
    - moc pozdrowień/życzeń my best regards/wishes
    - moc spraw/kłopotów a lot a. a (whole) host of affairs/problems
    - □ moc prawna Admin. force of law
    być w czyjejś mocy książk. to be in sb’s power
    - na a. z mocy czegoś książk. on the strength of sth
    - robić (wszystko), co w czyjejś a. ludzkiej mocy książk. to do everything in one’s power
    - wszystko/sprawa/decyzja leży w czyjejś mocy książk. everything/the matter/the decision is (with)in sb’s power
    * * *
    -y; -e; gen pl; -y; f
    power; (argumentu, wybuchu) force, power, ( mnóstwo) plenty

    zrobić wszystko, co jest w czyjejś mocy — to do everything in one's power

    na mocy tego prawa/porozumienia — under this law/agreement

    z całej mocy lub z całą mocą — with all one's might

    * * *
    ipf.
    1. (= być w stanie) can ( coś zrobić do sth); be able ( coś zrobić to do sth); be capable ( coś zrobić of doing sth); nie móc czegoś zrobić be unable to do sth; nie móc przestać o czymś myśleć can't get sth out of one's head; nie móc się komuś/czemuś oprzeć find sb/sth irresistible; jeśli tylko możesz if you possibly can; gdybym tylko mógł if only I could; będzie mógł wam pomóc he will be able to help you; nie możemy sobie na to pozwolić we cannot afford it; szkoda, że nie możesz przyjść it is a pity that you can't come; kto mógł coś takiego zrobić? who could have done a thing like that?; staram się jak mogę I'm doing my best, I'm doing the best I can; nie mogę zaprzeczyć, że... I don't l. can't deny (that)...; nie mogę się z tym nie zgodzić I can't quarrel with that; dziękuję, (ale) już nie mogę ( odmowa poczęstunku) I couldn't; no, thanks, I'm full; mógłby być twoim ojcem he is old enough to be your father; może być albo jeden, albo drugi either will do; tak nie może być! that will never do!; może być? is it OK?; chcieć to móc where there's a will there's a way.
    2. (= być uprawnionym, mieć pozwolenie) be permitted l. allowed ( coś zrobić to do sth); can ( coś zrobić do sth); czy mogę wyjść wcześniej? may l. can I leave early?; możesz robić, co chcesz you can do whatever you like l. want; możesz iść do domu you can go home, it's OK for you to go home; kiedy będziemy mogli ją zobaczyć? when do we get to see her?
    3. (nadaje odcień prawdopodobieństwa, możliwości) can, may; czego ona może chcieć? what can she want?; mógł zostać porwany he could have been kidnapped; to nie może być ona it couldn't be her; to mógł być ktoś inny it could have been someone else.
    4. (w prośbach, ofertach pomocy, wykrzyknieniach) can, may; jeśli mogę if I may; czy mógłbym... is it l. would it be all right if I...; czy mogę z tobą porozmawiać? can I talk to you?; w czym mogę pomóc? (how) can I help you?; mogę prosić o otwarcie okna? would you mind opening the window?; czy mógłbyś to powtórzyć? could you say it again?; czy mogę prosić o sól? could you pass the salt?; czy mogę prosić o uwagę? can l. could I have your attention?; ja nie mogę! pot. ( reakcja na coś irytującego) gimme a break!, give me strength!
    5. ( wyraz pretensji) can, may; mógłby przynajmniej przeprosić he might at least apologize; mogła przynajmniej zadzwonić she could l. might at least have called; jak mogłeś (mi to zrobić)? how could you (do this to me)?

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > móc

  • 23 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    marker of hostile opposition, against
    w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 24 сила

    ж.
    1. strength, force

    изо всех сил — with all one's strength / might

    бежать изо всех сил — run* as fast / quickly as one can

    силой оружия — by force of arms, at the point of the bayonet / sword

    брать силой — take* by force

    это сверх сил, свыше сил, не по силам — it is beyond one's power(s); (вне чьей-л. компетенции) it is outside one's competence; ( непереносимо) one can endure it no longer

    испытывать чьи-л. силы — lest smb.'s strength

    выбиться из сил — strain oneself to the utmost, become* exhausted

    не в силах (+ инф.) — unable (+ to inf.)

    общими силами — with combined forces / effort

    сила духа, характера — strength of mind, fortitude

    в силу привычки — by force of habit, from sheer force of habit

    собираться с силами — collect one's strength, gather oneself up

    2. тех., физ. power, force

    ударная сила — striking / hitting power; impact

    сила сцепления — cohesive force, cohesion

    сила тяготения — attraction, gravity

    подъёмная сила — carrying capacity / power; ав. lift

    сила тока — current strength; current intensity

    3. мн. воен. force sg.
    4. юр.:

    сила закона — validity / force of the law

    входить, вступать в силу — come* into force, take* effect

    оставаться в силе — remain valid, hold* good / true; (о судебном решении, приговоре) remain in force

    оставлять в силе (вн.; о решении, приговоре) — confirm (d.)

    утратить силу — lose* validity, become* invalid

    5.:

    в силу (рд.) — because of, on account of, owing to, by virtue (of)

    в силу этого — on that ground, accordingly

    в силу закона, декрета и т. п. — on the force of the law, decree, etc.; in virtue of the law, decree, etc.; in virtue of the law, decree, etc.

    он в большой силе — he has great credit, he is very powerful

    рабочая сила — labour force, manpower

    Русско-английский словарь Смирнитского > сила

  • 25 сила

    ж.
    1) физ., тех. force

    си́ла тя́ги — tractive force

    си́ла сцепле́ния — cohesive [kəʊ-] force, cohesion [kəʊ-]

    си́ла тя́жести — gravity

    си́ла тяготе́ния — attraction, gravity

    си́ла сопротивле́ния — resistance

    подъёмная си́ла — carrying capacity / power; авиа lift

    си́ла зву́ка — sound intensity

    си́ла ве́тра — strength of wind

    си́ла то́ка — current strength / intensity

    уда́рная си́ла — striking / hitting power; impact

    2) (степень проявления, интенсивность чего-л) power, force

    уда́р большо́й си́лы — powerful / strong / forceful blow

    си́ла взры́ва — explosive power / force

    землетрясе́ние си́лой 5 ба́ллов — 5-point earthquake

    ве́тер си́лой 6 ба́ллов — wind force 6

    развива́ть си́лу — develop strength

    набира́ть си́лу — gain strength, become stronger

    уда́рить с си́лой — deal a forceful / powerful blow

    4) мн. (способность действовать, энергия) power(s) (pl), strength sg

    собира́ться с си́лами — collect one's strength, gather oneself up

    по́лный сил — full of strength

    испы́тывать чьи-л си́лы — test smb's strength

    приложи́ть все си́лы — do everything in one's power

    выбива́ться из сил — strain oneself to the utmost, lead oneself to exhaustion

    вы́биться из сил, быть без сил — be exhausted [drained; worn out; played out]

    набира́ться сил — gather strength

    быть ещё в си́лах — be still vigorous enough

    си́лы оста́вили / поки́нули его́ книжн.his strength failed him

    5) (крепость, стойкость - о человеческих качествах) power

    си́ла во́ли — willpower

    си́ла ду́ха / хара́ктера — strength of mind, fortitude

    6) (мощное воздействие, влияние) force; power

    си́ла обстоя́тельств — the force of circumstances

    си́ла его́ аргуме́нтов — the force of his arguments

    си́ла привы́чки — the force of habit

    зна́ние - си́ла — knowledge is power

    си́ла красоты́ — the power of beauty

    си́ла её актёрского мастерства́ — the force of her acting

    когда́ мы вме́сте, мы - си́ла — we are strong when we are together

    7) ( мощь) strength

    вое́нная си́ла госуда́рства — the military strength of a nation

    8) ( власть) powerfulness, power

    он в большо́й си́ле — he is very powerful

    си́лой ору́жия — by force of arms

    без примене́ния си́лы — without the use of force

    с по́мощью гру́бой си́лы — by brute force

    поли́тика с пози́ции си́лы — position-of-strength / power policy

    10) юр. ( действенность по закону) force, effect; validity

    си́ла зако́на — validity / force of the law

    входи́ть / вступа́ть в си́лу — come into force, take effect

    обра́тная си́ла зако́на — retroactive effect of the law

    име́ющий си́лу — valid

    остава́ться в си́ле — remain valid, hold good / true; (о судебном решении, приговоре) remain in force

    оставля́ть в си́ле (вн.; о решении, приговоре)confirm (d)

    утра́тить си́лу — lose validity, become invalid

    11) уст. и высок. ( войско) force, army

    собрала́сь огро́мная си́ла — a huge army was formed

    12) мн. воен. forces

    вооружённые си́лы — armed forces

    вое́нно-возду́шные си́лы — air force(s)

    морские́ си́лы — naval forces

    сухопу́тные си́лы — land forces

    гла́вные си́лы — main body sg

    накопле́ние сил — build-up

    13) мн. (люди, общественные группы) forces

    консервати́вные си́лы — conservative forces

    тво́рческие си́лы — creative talent sg

    14) мн. рел. ( чин ангелов) virtues ( an order of angels)

    си́лы небе́сные / беспло́тные — angels; hosts

    15) (в мистических учениях - одна из субстанций, способствующих или мешающих действиям человека) power
    ••

    си́лы небе́сные! в знач. межд. уст. — good heavens!, goodness gracious!

    в си́лу (рд.) в знач. предл. — because of, on account of, owing to, by virtue (of)

    в си́лу э́того — on that ground, accordingly

    в си́лу обстоя́тельств — owing to the force of circumstances

    в си́лу зако́на — by / in virtue of the law

    в си́лу привы́чки — by force of habit, from sheer force of habit

    все́ми си́лами — in every way possible, as hard as one can, with all one's might

    жива́я си́ла воен.manpower

    изо всех си́л, что есть си́лы — with all one's strength / might

    бежа́ть изо всех си́л — run as fast / quickly as one can

    крича́ть изо всех си́л — cry at the top of one's voice

    лошади́ная си́ла тех.horsepower (сокр. HP, h.p.)

    не в си́лах (+ инф.)unable (+ to inf)

    нечи́стая си́ла — см. нечистый

    никаки́ми си́лами (не + инф. или буд. вр.)no power on earth can (+ inf)

    о́бщими си́лами — with combined forces / effort

    от си́лы — at the very most; maximum

    рабо́чая си́ла — labour force, manpower

    сверх / свы́ше сил, не по си́лам, не под си́лу кому́-лbeyond smb's power(s)

    свои́ми си́лами — without outside help

    сил (бо́льше) нет (+ инф.)I can't bear (+ to inf)

    сил нет, как хо́чется (+ инф.)I'm dying (+ to inf)

    с на́ми кре́стная си́ла! как межд. — may the Lord God protect us!, heaven help us!

    со стра́шной си́лой (очень) — terribly; like hell

    э́то в на́ших си́лах — it is within our power; it is quite possible

    че́рез си́лу — 1) ( с трудом) with difficulty; barely 2) ( без желания) unwillingly

    ходи́ть че́рез си́лу — be hardly able to walk

    есть че́рез си́лу — force oneself to eat

    Христо́с в си́ле рел., иск. — Christ [kraɪst] in glory

    Новый большой русско-английский словарь > сила

  • 26 derecho

    adj.
    1 right-hand, right.
    2 straight, upright, erect, standing.
    3 uncurved, unbowed.
    4 dextral.
    5 according to law, uncrooked.
    adv.
    straight on, straight, straightly.
    m.
    1 right, legitimate faculty, individual right, just claim.
    2 law.
    3 prerogative.
    * * *
    1 right
    2 (recto) straight, upright
    1 straight
    1 (leyes) law
    2 (privilegio) right
    3 (de una tela, calcetín, etc) right side
    1 (impuestos) duties, taxes; (tarifa) fees
    \
    con derecho a with the right to
    ¿con qué derecho...? what right...?
    ¿con qué derecho te marchaste? what right did you have to leave?
    dar derecho to entitle to
    de derecho by right
    estar en su derecho to be within one's rights
    no hacer nada a derechas figurado to do nothing right
    ¡no hay derecho! it's not fair!
    'Reservados todos los derechos' "All rights reserved"
    'Se reserva el derecho de admisión' "The management reserves the right to refuse admission"
    tener derecho a to be entitled to, have the right to
    derecho civil civil law
    derecho de admisión right sing to refuse admission
    derecho mercantil commercial law, mercantile law
    derecho penal criminal law
    derecho político constitutional law
    derechos civiles civil rights
    derechos de aduana customs duties
    derechos de matrícula registration fees
    derechos de sucesión death duties
    derechos humanos human rights
    el derecho al voto the right to vote
    ————————
    1 straight
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) law
    - derechos de autor 2. (f. - derecha)
    adj.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [línea, dirección] (=recto) straight; (=vertical) upright, straight

    anda derecha — walk upright, stand straight when you walk

    poner algo derecho — (=no torcido) to put sth straight, straighten sth; (=no caído) to stand sth upright

    2) (=del lado derecho) [brazo, pierna, oreja] right; [lado, cajón] right-hand
    brazo 1), ojo 1)
    3) (=honrado) honest, straight
    4) CAm (=afortunado) lucky
    2. ADV
    1) (=en línea recta)

    seguir derechoto carry o go straight on

    siga todo derechocarry o go straight on

    2) (=directamente) straight

    después del cine, derechito para casa — after the cinema, straight home

    3. SM
    1) (Jur) (=estudios, legislación) law; (=justicia) justice

    conforme a derecho — in accordance with the law

    propietario en derecho — legal owner

    por derecho — in law, legally

    lo que me corresponde por derecho — what is legally mine, what is mine by law

    por derecho propioin one's own right

    derecho del trabajolabour o (EEUU) labor law

    derecho forallegislation pertaining to those Spanish regions which have charters called "fueros"

    derecho laboral — labour law, labor law (EEUU)

    2) [de persona, entidad] right

    ¿con qué derecho me hablas así? — what right have you to talk to me that way?

    ¡no hay derecho! — it's not fair!

    derecho a la educación — right to education

    lo único que nos queda es el derecho al pataleohum the only thing we can do is kick up a fuss *

    derecho al voto, derecho a votar — [gen] right to vote; [como derecho civil] franchise, right to vote

    con derecho a algo — entitled to sth

    entrada con derecho a consumiciónentrance ticket including one free drink

    dar derecho a hacer algo — to give the right to do sth

    estar en su derecho — to be within one's rights

    claro, estás en tu derecho de decir lo que quieras — of course, you are perfectly entitled to say whatever you like

    tener derecho a algo — to be entitled to sth

    tener derecho a hacer algoto have a o the right to do sth

    derecho de paso — right of way, easement (EEUU)

    derecho de pernada — ( Hist) droit du seigneur

    derecho de retención — (Com) lien

    3) pl derechos (Com) rights

    "reservados todos los derechos" — "all rights reserved"

    derechos de emisión — (TV, Radio) broadcasting rights

    4) pl derechos (=honorarios) [de arquitecto, notario] fee(s); (=impuestos) duty sing

    sujeto a derechos — subject to duty, dutiable

    derechos aduaneros, derechos arancelarios, derechos de aduana — customs duty

    derechos de asesoría, derechos de consulta — consulting fees, consultancy fees

    derechos de enganche — (Telec) connection charges

    derechos de muelle — dock dues, docking fees (EEUU)

    derechos de peaje — (Aut) toll sing

    derechos portuarios — harbour dues, harbor dues (EEUU)

    derechos realestax paid after the completion of an official transaction

    5) (tb: lado derecho) [de tela, papel] right side; [de calcetín, chaqueta] outside

    ¿cuál es el derecho de esta tela? — which is the right side of this fabric?

    poner algo al o del derecho — to put sth the right side o way up

    * * *
    I
    - cha adjetivo
    1) <mano/ojo/zapato> right; < lado> right, right-hand
    2)
    a) ( recto) straight
    b) (fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight
    II
    a) ( en línea recta) straight

    siga todo derechogo o keep straight on

    b) (fam) ( directamente) straight

    fue derecho al temahe got straight o right to the point

    III
    1)
    a) (facultad, privilegio) right

    el derecho a la vida/al voto — the right to life/to vote

    derecho a + inf: tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know; da derecho a participar en el sorteo it entitles you to participate in the draw; tiene perfecto derecho a protestar she's perfectly within her rights to protest; tengo derecho a que se me escuche I have the right to be heard; no hay derecho! (fam) it's not fair!; no hay derecho a que la traten así a una — they've no right to treat a person like that

    b) (Com, Fin) tax
    2) (Der) law
    3) ( de prenda) right side, outside; ( de tela) right side, face
    * * *
    I
    - cha adjetivo
    1) <mano/ojo/zapato> right; < lado> right, right-hand
    2)
    a) ( recto) straight
    b) (fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight
    II
    a) ( en línea recta) straight

    siga todo derechogo o keep straight on

    b) (fam) ( directamente) straight

    fue derecho al temahe got straight o right to the point

    III
    1)
    a) (facultad, privilegio) right

    el derecho a la vida/al voto — the right to life/to vote

    derecho a + inf: tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know; da derecho a participar en el sorteo it entitles you to participate in the draw; tiene perfecto derecho a protestar she's perfectly within her rights to protest; tengo derecho a que se me escuche I have the right to be heard; no hay derecho! (fam) it's not fair!; no hay derecho a que la traten así a una — they've no right to treat a person like that

    b) (Com, Fin) tax
    2) (Der) law
    3) ( de prenda) right side, outside; ( de tela) right side, face
    * * *
    derecho1
    1 = upright, straight [straighter -comp., straightest -sup.], standing.

    Ex: The letters are upright, narrow, and angular, standing on crooked feet, and the ascenders are usually decorated with barbs or thorns; f and p do not normally descend below the base line.

    Ex: The right tail of the Bradford distribution has been considered to be straight or drooping.
    Ex: Although this painting depicts a single standing man, his generalised features suggest that this was not meant as a portrait.
    * derecho hacia al norte = due north.
    * derecho hacia al sur = due south.
    * derecho hacia el este = due east.
    * derecho hacia el oeste = due west.
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.
    * irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

    derecho2
    2 = entitlement, law, right.

    Ex: Community education is another form of outreach that aims to educate the public about the availability of services that can help them, about their entitlement to benefits, or about their rights under the law.

    Ex: The social sciences class, 300, subsumes Economics, Politics, Law and Education.
    Ex: Access to information is a fundamental right of citizenship, in fact, the fourth right, following in the footsteps of civil rights, political rights and social rights.
    * bibliografía de derecho = legal bibliography.
    * biblioteca de derecho = law library.
    * bibliotecario de biblioteca de derecho = law librarian.
    * biblioteconomía para las bibliotecas de derecho = law librarianship.
    * carta de derechos = charter of rights.
    * carta de derechos humanos = charter of human rights.
    * colección de derecho = law collection.
    * colección de libros de derecho en una prisión = prison law library.
    * conceder el derecho al voto = enfranchise.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * conseguir el derecho para = win + the right to.
    * dar derecho a = entitle to.
    * Declaración de Derechos = Bill of Rights.
    * Declaración de los Derechos del Usuario = Library Bill of Rights.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * defender los derechos de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + rights.
    * defensor de los derechos de los animales = animal rights campaigner.
    * defensor de los derechos de los animales = animal rights activist.
    * defensor de los derechos de los ciudadanos = citizen activist.
    * defensor de los derechos humanos = human rights activist, human rights campaigner.
    * de pleno derecho = in + Posesivo + own right, rightful.
    * derecho administrativo = administrative law.
    * derecho a independizarse, el = right to secede, the.
    * derecho a la lectura = right to read.
    * derecho a la libertad de expresión = right to free speech, right of free speech.
    * derecho a la muerte = right to die.
    * derecho a la privacidad = privacy right.
    * derecho a la vida = right to live.
    * derecho a leer = right to read.
    * derecho al veto = veto power.
    * derecho al voto = suffrage, voting rights, right to vote, the.
    * derecho a vivir = right to live.
    * derecho a votar = suffrage, voting rights, right to vote, the.
    * derecho a voto = voting rights, suffrage, right to vote, the.
    * derecho básico = natural right, basic right.
    * derecho canónico = canon law.
    * derecho civil = civil law.
    * derecho comunitario = Community law.
    * derecho constitucional = constitutional right, constitutional law.
    * derecho consuetudinario = common law.
    * derecho de acceso = access right.
    * derecho de acceso a la información = right of access to information.
    * derecho de alquiler = rental right.
    * derecho de autor de la Corona = Crown copyright.
    * derecho de grabación de ondas sonoras o televisivas = off-air recording right.
    * derecho de la comunidad = community right.
    * derecho del consumidor = consumer law.
    * derecho del individuo = individual's right.
    * derecho del trabajo = employment law.
    * derecho de nacimiento = birthright.
    * derecho de paso = the right of way, right of entry.
    * derecho de patentes = patent law.
    * derecho de préstamo = lending right.
    * derecho de reproducción = reprographic right.
    * derecho de retención = lien.
    * derecho de servidumbre = easement.
    * derecho de sucesión = inheritance law.
    * derecho de voto = suffrage, voting rights, right to vote, the.
    * derecho divino = divine right, divine law.
    * derecho eclesiástico = ecclesiastical law.
    * derecho eterno = eternal right.
    * derecho exclusivo = exclusive right.
    * derecho humano = human right.
    * derecho inalienable = inalienable right, birthright, unalienable right.
    * derecho internacional = international law.
    * derecho laboral = employment law.
    * derecho legal = legal right.
    * derecho medioambiental = environmental law.
    * derecho natural = natural right, natural law.
    * derecho penal = criminal law, penal law.
    * derecho preferente de compra = preemption [pre-emption].
    * derecho público = civic right, public law.
    * derechos = rights.
    * derechos afines = neighbouring rights.
    * derechos cívicos = civil rights.
    * derechos civiles = civil rights, civil liberties.
    * derechos de aduana = customs duties.
    * derechos de amarre = moorage.
    * derechos de atraque = moorage.
    * derechos de autor = copyright, royalty [royalties, -pl.].
    * derechos de la mujer = women's rights.
    * derechos de la propiedad intelectual = intellectual property rights.
    * derechos del ciudadano = civil liberties.
    * derechos del consumidor = consumer rights [consumers' rights].
    * derechos de licencia = licensing rights.
    * derechos de los animales = animal rights.
    * derechos democráticos = democratic rights.
    * derechos de patente = patent rights.
    * derechos de propiedad = property rights.
    * derechos de reproducción = reproduction rights.
    * derechos en materia de procreación = reproductive rights.
    * derechos humanos específicos de la mujer = human rights of women.
    * derechos individuales = individual rights.
    * derecho soberano = sovereign right.
    * derecho sobre el préstamo al público (PLR) = public lending right (PLR).
    * derechos políticos = political rights.
    * derechos reproductivos = reproductive rights.
    * derechos sociales = social rights.
    * ejercer un derecho = exercise + right.
    * estado de derecho = rule of law.
    * facultad de derecho = law school.
    * hacer valer sus derechos = assert + Posesivo + rights.
    * igualdad de derechos = equal rights, equality of rights.
    * individualización de los derechos = individualisation of rights.
    * infracción del derecho de autor = copyright infringement.
    * infringir un derecho = infringe + right, violate + right.
    * instrucción sobre los derechos de los ciudadanos = community education.
    * ley de derechos de autor = copyright law.
    * Ley del Derecho a la Privacidad = privacy law, privacy protection law, Privacy Act.
    * libre de derechos de autor = royalty-free.
    * libro de derecho = law book.
    * luchar por los derechos = campaign for + rights.
    * material protegido por el derecho de autor = copyright material, copyrighted material.
    * mención de derecho de autor = statement of copyright.
    * movimiento en defensa de los derechos de la mujer = women's rights movement.
    * movimiento en defensa de los derechos de los animales = animal rights movement.
    * movimiento por los derechos civiles = civil rights movement.
    * obra amparada por el derecho de autor = copyright work.
    * obtener el derecho para = win + the right to.
    * oficina de derechos de autor = copyright office.
    * pagar derechos reales = pay + royalty.
    * propietario de los derechos de autor = rightholder.
    * protegido por el derecho de autor = copyrighted, copyright-protected.
    * reclamar el derecho a Algo = stake + Posesivo + claim.
    * reivindicar el derecho de Uno = stake + Posesivo + claim.
    * reservados todos los derechos = all rights reserved.
    * reservarse el derecho de = reserve + the right to.
    * respetar un derecho = respect + right.
    * sociedad de gestión de derechos de autor = copyright collective, copyright collecting society, copyright collecting agency.
    * tarifa de derechos de autor = royalty charge.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * titular del derecho = payee entitled.
    * titular del derecho de autor = rights-holder [rightsholder], copyright holder.
    * titular de los derechos de autor = rights-owner.
    * todos los derechos reservados = all rights reserved.
    * violación del derecho de la gente a + Nombre = invasion of people's right to + Nombre.
    * violación de los derechos humanos = violation of human rights, human rights abuse.
    * violar los derechos = invade + rights.
    * violar un derecho = infringe + right, violate + right.

    * * *
    A ‹mano/ojo/zapato› right; ‹lado› right, right-hand
    el ángulo superior derecho the top right-hand angle
    queda a mano derecha it's on the right-hand side o on the right
    tiene el lado derecho paralizado he's paralyzed down his right side
    B
    1 (recto) straight
    ese cuadro no está derecho that picture isn't straight
    ¿tengo el sombrero derecho? is my hat (on) straight?
    ¡pon la espalda derecha! straighten your back!
    siéntate derecho sit up straight
    cortar por lo derecho ( Chi); to take drastic measures
    2 ( fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight
    siga todo derecho por esta calle go o keep straight on down this street
    corta derecho cut it straight
    2 ( fam) (directamente) straight
    fue derecho al tema he got straight o right to the point
    y de aquí derechito a casa and from here you go straight home
    derecho viejo ( RPl fam); straight
    si no te gusta, se lo dices derecho viejo if you don't like it, tell him straight
    A
    1 (facultad, privilegio) right
    tienes que hacer valer tus derechos you have to stand up for your rights
    estás en tu derecho you're within your rights
    [ S ] reservado el derecho de admisión right of admission reserved, the management reserves the right to refuse admission
    ¿con qué derecho te apropias de lo que es mío? what right do you have to take something that belongs to me?
    derecho A algo right TO sth
    el derecho a la vida/libertad the right to life/freedom
    el derecho al voto the right to vote
    derecho A + INF:
    tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know
    eso no te da derecho a insultarme that doesn't give you the right to insult me
    da derecho a participar en el sorteo it entitles you to participate in the draw
    no tienes ningún derecho a hacerme esto you have no right to do this to me
    tiene perfecto derecho a protestar she's perfectly within her rights to protest
    derecho A QUE + SUBJ:
    tengo tanto derecho como tú a que se me escuche I have as much right as you to be heard
    derecho al pataleo ( fam hum): después no hay derecho al pataleo you can't start kicking up a fuss later ( colloq)
    ¡no hay derecho! ( fam); it's not fair!, it's just not on! ( colloq)
    no hay derecho a que la traten así a una they've no right to treat a person like that
    pagar el derecho de piso (CS fam); to pay one's dues
    2 ( Com, Fin) tax
    Compuestos:
    right to privacy
    right of access
    acquisition rights (pl), rights of acquisition (pl)
    right of asylum
    freedom of association o assembly
    right of self-defense*
    right to self-determination
    right of self-defense*
    prerogative of mercy
    right to strike
    registration fee
    birthright
    derecho de paso or servidumbre
    right of way
    patent right
    droit de seigneur
    right of ownership
    derecho de propiedad intelectual or literaria
    (literary) copyright
    publishing rights (pl)
    copyright
    right of abode
    lien
    right of repurchase
    right of assembly
    right to vote
    right to run for election ( AmE), right to stand for election ( BrE)
    right of first refusal
    passage
    derecho de or al veto
    right o power of veto
    right of access ( to children)
    divine right
    pre-emption right
    mpl vested or acquired rights (pl)
    derechos arancelarios or de aduana
    mpl customs duties (pl)
    mpl film rights (pl)
    mpl civil rights (pl), civil liberties (pl)
    mpl conjugal rights (pl)
    derechos de adaptación cinematográfica or al cine
    mpl film rights (pl), movie rights (pl) ( AmE), screen rights (pl)
    mpl broadcasting rights (pl)
    mpl royalties (pl)
    mpl examination fees (pl)
    derechos de exportación/importación
    mpl export/import duties (pl)
    derechos de interpretación or representación
    mpl performing rights (pl)
    mpl women's rights (pl)
    mpl consumer rights (pl)
    mpl rights of the individual (pl)
    mpl workers' rights (pl)
    mpl grazing rights (pl)
    mpl ( Auto) tolls (pl)
    mpl port o anchorage dues (pl)
    mpl paperback rights (pl)
    mpl copyright (pl)
    mpl publishing rights (pl)
    mpl human rights (pl)
    mpl harbor* dues (pl)
    B ( Der) law
    estudio derecho I'm studying law
    según el derecho inglés according to o under English law
    no se ajusta a derechoor no es conforme a derecho it is not lawful
    Compuestos:
    administrative law
    aviation law
    canon law
    civil law
    commercial law
    community law
    comparative law
    common law
    contract law
    family law
    patent law
    business law
    statute law
    tax law
    international law
    labor* law
    maritime law
    commercial law
    criminal law
    statute law
    private law
    procedural law
    public law
    C (de una prenda) right side, outside; (de una tela) right side, face
    es de doble faz, no tiene derecho ni revés it's reversible, it doesn't have a right and a wrong side
    no lo planches por el derecho don't iron it on the right side, iron it inside out
    póntelo al derecho put it on properly o right side out
    * * *

     

    derecho 1
    ◊ - cha adjetivo

    1mano/ojo/zapato right;
    lado right, right-hand;

    queda a mano derecha it's on the right-hand side o on the right
    2


    siéntate derecho sit up straight
    b) (fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight

    derecho 2 adverbio
    straight;
    siga todo derecho go o keep straight on

    derecho 3 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (facultad, privilegio) right;


    estás en tu derecho you're within your rights;
    derecho a algo right to sth;
    el derecho al voto the right to vote;
    tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know;
    esto da derecho a participar this entitles you to participate;
    ¡no hay derecho! (fam) it's not fair!
    b) (Com, Fin) tax;


    derechos de autor royalties;
    derecho de matrícula registration fee;
    derecho de reproducción copyright
    2 (Der) law
    3 ( de prenda) right side, outside;
    ( de tela) right side, face;
    póntelo al derecho put it on properly o right side out

    derecho,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (lado, acera, etc) right
    2 (recto, erguido) upright, straight
    3 (parte del cuerpo) right: le dolía el brazo derecho, her right arm was hurting
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (petición o exigencia legítima) right: está usted en su derecho, you are within your rights
    no tienes derecho a decirme eso, you have no the right to tell me that
    derecho de admisión, right to refuse admission
    los derechos del niño, children's rights
    2 Jur (conjunto de leyes) law
    derecho laboral/procesal, labour/procedural law
    derecho penal, criminal law
    3 (justicia) no hay derecho a que nos traten así, it's not fair to treat people like that
    4 Com derechos, duties
    derechos de autor, royalties
    III adv (en línea recta) sigue todo derecho, go straight ahead
    ' derecho' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    admisión
    - brazo
    - constitucional
    - derecha
    - digna
    - digno
    - disputarse
    - ejercer
    - enchufada
    - enchufado
    - foral
    - jurisprudencia
    - mercantil
    - obstáculo
    - opción
    - otorgar
    - pataleo
    - plena
    - pleno
    - poder
    - proteger
    - reclamar
    - reconocer
    - renunciar
    - rescate
    - reservarse
    - restringir
    - segundón
    - segundona
    - sostener
    - suprimir
    - unirse
    - voto
    - arancelario
    - carrera
    - ceder
    - cojo
    - cuestión
    - cursar
    - desistir
    - directamente
    - discutir
    - disfrutar
    - disputar
    - doctor
    - en
    - enderezar
    - extremo
    - fuero
    - goce
    English:
    bar
    - basic
    - check up on
    - claim
    - clause
    - commercial law
    - common law
    - criminal law
    - entitle
    - entitlement
    - entry
    - exercise
    - fair
    - forehand
    - forfeit
    - franchise
    - fully-fledged
    - grant
    - grown
    - ineligible
    - law
    - LLB
    - LLD
    - nineteenth
    - pension
    - prerogative
    - privacy
    - qualify
    - relinquish
    - right
    - right brain
    - right-hand
    - right-hand man
    - Roman law
    - sign away
    - standing
    - statutory
    - straight
    - straighten
    - straighten up
    - surrender
    - title
    - upright
    - common
    - county
    - criminal
    - crown
    - disenfranchise
    - due
    - eligible
    * * *
    derecho, -a
    adj
    1. [vertical] upright;
    [recto] straight;
    este cuadro no está derecho this picture isn't straight;
    recogió la lámpara del suelo y la puso derecha she picked the lamp up off the floor and stood it upright;
    siéntate o [m5] ponte derecho o te dolerá la espalda sit straight or you'll get backache;
    siempre anda muy derecha she always walks with a very straight back
    2. [de la derecha] right;
    mano/pierna derecha right hand/leg;
    el margen derecho the right-hand margin;
    a mano derecha on the right, on the right-hand side
    nm
    1. [leyes, estudio] law;
    un estudiante de derecho a law student;
    estudiar derecho to study o read law;
    una licenciada en derecho a law graduate;
    la Facultad de Derecho the Faculty of Law;
    voy a Derecho a una conferencia I'm going to a lecture in the Faculty of Law;
    el derecho me asiste the law is on my side;
    conforme o [m5] según derecho according to the law
    derecho administrativo administrative law;
    derecho canónico canon law;
    derecho civil civil law;
    derecho constitucional constitutional law;
    derecho financiero financial law;
    derecho fiscal tax law;
    derecho foral = ancient regional laws still existing in some parts of Spain;
    derecho internacional international law;
    derecho internacional público public international law;
    derecho laboral labour law, employment law;
    derecho marítimo maritime law;
    derecho mercantil commercial law, mercantile law;
    derecho natural natural law;
    derecho de patentes patent law;
    derecho penal criminal law;
    derecho privado private law;
    derecho procesal procedural law;
    derecho público public law;
    derecho romano Roman law;
    derecho de sociedades Br company law, US corporation law;
    2. [prerrogativa] right;
    el derecho al voto the right to vote;
    los derechos de la mujer women's rights;
    los derechos y obligaciones del consumidor the rights and responsibilities of the consumer;
    Fam
    me queda el derecho al pataleo all I can do now is complain;
    ¿con qué derecho entras en mi casa sin llamar? what gives you the right to come into my house without knocking?;
    con derecho a dos consumiciones [en entrada] this ticket entitles the holder to two free drinks;
    esta tarjeta me da derecho a un 5 por ciento de descuento this card entitles me to a 5 percent discount;
    el que sea el jefe no le da derecho a tratarnos así just because he's the boss doesn't mean he can o doesn't give him the right to treat us like this;
    si quiere abstenerse, está en su derecho if she wants to abstain, she's perfectly within her rights to do so;
    hizo valer sus derechos he exercised his rights;
    ¡no hay derecho! it's not fair!;
    ¡no hay derecho a que unos tengan tanto y otros tan poco! it's not fair that some people should have so much and others so little!;
    es de derecho que consiga la indemnización que reclama it is only right that she should receive the compensation she is claiming;
    ha entrado, por derecho propio o [m5]por propio derecho, en la historia de la literatura she's gone down in literary history in her own right;
    reservado el derecho de admisión [en letrero] the management reserves the right of admission;
    reservados todos los derechos all rights reserved;
    tener derecho a algo to have a right to sth, to be entitled to sth;
    tener derecho a hacer algo to have the right to do sth, to be entitled to do sth;
    tengo derecho a descansar, ¿no? I'm entitled to be able to rest now and then, aren't I?;
    no tienes ningún derecho a insultarme you have no right to insult me
    derechos de antena broadcasting rights;
    derecho de apelación right of appeal;
    derecho de asilo right of asylum;
    derechos de autor [potestad] copyright;
    derechos civiles civil rights;
    derecho de distribución distribution rights;
    derechos especiales de giro special drawing rights;
    derecho de gracia right to show clemency;
    derechos humanos human rights;
    derecho de paso right of way;
    Hist derecho de pernada droit du seigneur;
    derechos de propiedad proprietary rights;
    derecho de réplica right to reply;
    derecho de respuesta right to reply;
    Econ derecho de retención right of retention;
    derecho de reunión right of assembly;
    derecho de visita (a los hijos) [de divorciado] visiting rights, right of access
    3. [contrario de revés] right side;
    me puse el jersey del derecho I put my jumper on the right way round o properly;
    cose los botones del derecho sew the buttons on the right side
    derechos nmpl
    [tasas] duties, taxes; [profesionales] fees derechos de aduana customs duty;
    derechos de autor [dinero] royalties;
    derechos de entrada import duties;
    derechos de examen examination fees;
    derechos de inscripción membership fee;
    derechos de matrícula matriculation fee;
    derechos de puerto harbour dues;
    derechos reales death duty
    adv
    1. [en línea recta] straight;
    fue derecho a su despacho she went straight to her office;
    se fue derecho a casa she went straight home;
    todo derecho straight ahead;
    siga todo derecho para llegar al museo carry on straight ahead and you'll come to the museum
    2. [sin rodeos] straight;
    iré derecho al asunto I'll get straight to the point;
    RP
    decir o [m5] hacer algo derecho viejo to say sth straight out, to come right out with sth
    * * *
    I adj
    1 lado right
    2 ( recto) straight
    3 C.Am. fig
    straight, honest
    II adv straight;
    siga derecho carry straight on;
    tenerse derecho stand up/sit up straight;
    poner derecho algo straighten sth; vertical right sth, set sth upright;
    vamos derecho a casa we’re going straight home
    III m
    1 ( privilegio) right;
    con derecho a with a right to;
    dar derecho a alguien a algo entitle s.o. to sth;
    la tarjeta da derecho a entrar gratuitamente the card entitles you to free entry;
    tener derecho a have a right to, be entitled to;
    tener el derecho de have the right to, be entitled to;
    estar en su derecho be within one’s rights;
    no hay derecho it’s not fair, it’s not right;
    2 JUR law;
    estudiar derecho study law
    3
    :
    del derecho vestido, jersey on the right side
    IV mpl
    :
    derechos fees;
    derechos de almacenaje storage charges
    * * *
    derecho adv
    1) : straight
    2) : upright
    3) : directly
    derecho, - cha adj
    1) : right
    2) : right-hand
    3) recto: straight, upright, erect
    1) : right
    derechos humanos: human rights
    2) : law
    derecho civil: civil law
    3) : right side (of cloth or clothing)
    * * *
    derecho1 adj
    1. (diestro) right
    2. (recto) straight
    derecho2 adv straight
    1. (facultad, posibilidad) right
    2. (leyes, ciencia) law
    3. (anverso) right side

    Spanish-English dictionary > derecho

  • 27 καταργέω

    καταργέω fut. καταργήσω; 1 aor. κατήργησα; pf. κατήργηκα. Pass.: 1 fut. καταργηθήσομαι; 1 aor. κατηργήθην; pf. κατήργημαι (s. ἀργέω; since Eur., Phoen. 753; Polyb.; POxy 38, 7 [49/50 A.D.]; PFlor 176, 7; 218, 13; PStras 32, 7; 2 Esdr; TestSol [also PVindobBosw for 18:38]; AscIs 3:31; Just.).
    to cause someth. to be unproductive, use up, exhaust, waste of a tree κ. τὴν γῆν Lk 13:7 (cp. ἀργεῖ οὐδὲν ἀλλὰ καρποφορεῖ OdeSol 11:23).
    to cause someth. to lose its power or effectiveness, invalidate, make powerless fig. extension of 1 (so, above all, in Paul and the writings dependent on him; cp. Herm. Wr. 13, 7 κατάργησον τ. σώματος τὰς αἰσθήσεις; of the soul of Jesus: κ. τὰ ἐπὶ κολάσεσιν πάθη Iren. 1, 25, 1 [Harv. I 205, 4]) make ineffective, nullify τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s fidelity Ro 3:3. ἐπαγγελίαν Gal 3:17; cp. Ro 4:14; τὰ ὄντα κ. nullify the things that (actually) exist 1 Cor 1:28. τὸν νόμον make the law invalid Eph 2:15; cp. Ro 3:31 (RThompson, ETh 63, ’87, 136–48, on alleged rabbinic background; s. also ἵστημι A4). Also in B of the OT cultic ordinances, which have lost their validity for Christians 5:6; 9:4; 16:2.
    to cause someth. to come to an end or to be no longer in existence, abolish, wipe out, set aside τὶ someth. τὰ τοῦ νηπίου set aside childish ways 1 Cor 13:11. Of God or Christ: God will do away with both stomach and food 6:13; bring to an end πᾶσαν ἀρχήν, ἐξουσίαν, δύναμιν 15:24. τὸν ἄνομον 2 Th 2:8. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ ἀνόμου put an end to the time of the lawless one (i.e., the devil) B 15:5. τὸν θάνατον break the power of death 2 Ti 1:10; B 5:6; pass. 1 Cor 15:26 (MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body [ 1 Cor 15], ’62, 117–19). τὸν τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου destroy the one who has power over death Hb 2:14. ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τ. ἁμαρτίας in order that the sinful body may be done away with Ro 6:6. In 2 Cor 3:14 the subject may be ἡ παλαιὰ διαθήκη or, more probably (despite some grammatical considerations), κάλυμμα; in the latter case the mng. is remove.—Pass. cease, pass away προφητεία, γνῶσις 1 Cor 13:8. τὸ ἐκ μέρους what is imperfect vs. 10. ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ the cross has ceased to be an obstacle Gal 5:11. πᾶς πόλεμος καταργεῖται every war is brought to an end IEph 13:2. καταργούμενος doomed to perish of the ἄρχοντες τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 Cor 2:6. Of the radiance on Moses’ face 2 Cor 3:7. Subst. τὸ καταργούμενον what is transitory vss. 11, 13.
    to cause the release of someone from an obligation (one has nothing more to do with it), be discharged, be released. In our lit. pass. καταργοῦμαι ἀπό τινος of a woman upon the death of her husband κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός Ro 7:2. Of Christians κ. ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου be released fr. the law vs. 6. Of those who aspire to righteousness through the law κ. ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ be estranged from Christ Gal 5:4.—Frisk s.v. 2 ἀργός; also DELG s.v. ἔργον. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καταργέω

  • 28 сила

    ж
    1) strength, force, vigour; vim

    сила духу — fortitude, strength of mind

    2) тех., фіз. power, might, force; intensity; efficacy; energy

    сила вибуху — explosive power, strength of explosive

    сила звуку — sound intensity; муз. volume of sound

    сила інерції — inertia, force of inertia

    підіймальна силаlifting ( elevating) force; carrying power ( capacity); leverage

    рушійна сила — power, moving ( propelling) power, impetus, impulse

    3) (мн. сили) військ. forces
    4) юр. force

    сила закону — force of the law, statutory force, virtue of the law

    втрачати силу — to lose validity, to become invalid

    5)

    зібратися із силами — to collect one's strength, to nerve oneself; to pull oneself together; to gather one's energies

    Українсько-англійський словник > сила

  • 29 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 30 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 31 state

    1) держава; штат ( США); земля (адм.-тер. одиниця в Австрії і ФРН); стан
    2) заявляти; формулювати; визначати; зазначати (ім'я, прізвище, адресу та ін. подібні дані у документі)

    state sponsor of international terrorism — держава, що підтримує ( в тому числі матеріально) міжнародний тероризм

    - state a charge
    - state action
    - state administration
    - state agencies
    - state-aided
    - state an address
    - state an offence
    - state an offense
    - state apparatus
    - state arbitration
    - state arrest warrant
    - state assembly district
    - state at war
    - state attestation
    - state authority
    - state autonomy
    - state bank
    - state bodies
    - state body
    - state border
    - state border checkpoint
    - state borders
    - state boundaries
    - state boundary
    - state brief
    - state budget
    - state capitalism
    - state censorship
    - state-centric
    - state commission
    - state committee
    - state control
    - state control body
    - state-controlled
    - state-controlled economy
    - state court
    - state crime
    - state criminal
    - State Customs Committee
    - State Department
    - state difference
    - state discipline
    - state document
    - state duty
    - state elections
    - state emblem
    - state examination
    - state examiner
    - state executive
    - state flag
    - state force
    - state foundation
    - state-granted
    - state-granted monopoly
    - state institution
    - state institutions
    - state insurance
    - state interests
    - state jurisdiction
    - state language
    - state law
    - state legal aid
    - state legislative district
    - State Legislature
    - state litigation
    - state machinery
    - state matter
    - state monopoly
    - state-monopoly capitalism
    - state of affairs
    - state of belligerency
    - state of crime
    - state of extreme necessity
    - state of facts
    - state of international law
    - state of justice
    - state of martial law
    - state of mind
    - state of pregnancy
    - state of registry
    - state of siege
    - state of sojourn
    - state of the art
    - State of the City of Vatican
    - state of the law
    - State of the Nation message
    - State of the Union message
    - state of transit
    - State of Vatican
    - state of war
    - state office
    - state-owned
    - state ownership
    - state paper
    - state policy
    - state power
    - state practice
    - state prison
    - state prisoner
    - state prize
    - state property
    - state prosecution
    - state record office
    - state registration
    - state reimbursement
    - state residence requirement
    - state responsibility
    - state revolt
    - state-run
    - state sanction
    - state seal
    - state secret
    - state security
    - state security agency
    - state security body
    - state security service
    - state sovereignty
    - state-sponsored terrorism
    - state statute
    - state structure
    - state supervision
    - state system
    - state territory
    - state terrorism
    - state traffic inspector
    - state traffic warden
    - State Traffic Inspectorate
    - state trial
    - state troop
    - state trooper
    - state-use law
    - state voting
    - state wage control
    - state-wide law
    - state with a planned economy
    - state within a state
    - state's evidence
    - state's theory
    - State's theory
    - state's witness
    - states' rights

    English-Ukrainian law dictionary > state

  • 32 machinery

    1. организационный аппарат
    2. оборудование
    3. механизм
    4. машины и оборудование
    5. машины
    6. машинное оборудование

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

     

    машины
    оборудование


    [Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва]

    машины
    Машина представляет собой аппарат, использующий или применяющий механическую энергию, состоящий из нескольких частей — каждая со своими определенными функциями, которые вместе выполняют некоторые виды работ. Для целей анализа это понятие включает отдельные машины или наборы машин. См. Машины и оборудование (МСО)
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

     

    машины и оборудование

    [ http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    машины и оборудование
    МСО
    Часть основных фондов компании (предприятия), которая включает устройства, преобразующие энергию, материалы и информацию. В аналитической и оценочной практике в общее понятие М. и о. включаются отдельно оцениваемые установки, машины, оборудование и транспортные средства, подразделяемые на виды, а каждый вид – на марки (последним термином для краткости можно обозначать разные модели и модификации машины). Разные марки машин одного вида используются для одних и тех же целей: они способны производить одну и ту же продукцию, выполнять одни и те же работы или оказывать одни и те же услуги ( в противном случае их надо относить в другому виду машин), а следовательно, «взаимозаменяемы» и являются товарами, конкурирующими между собой на рынке Рынок машин каждого вида делится на первичный (новые М..) и вторичный (бывшие в эксплуатации), для которых применяются разные оценочные приемы и инструменты.. М.и о. являются главным объектом инвестирования при разработке и реализации инвестиционного проекта, и, соответственно, одним из основных элементов оценки инвестиционных проектов. Важно, что в отличие от ценных бумаг, акций, М.и о. являются объектами реальных инвестиций, а не финансовых инвестиций.
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    EN

    machinery
    A group of parts or machines arranged to perform a useful function. (Source: MGH)
    [http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    механизм
    Совокупность подвижно соединённых звеньев, совершающих под действием приложенных сил заранее определённые целесообразные движения
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    машины, механизмы

    Совокупность связанных между собой частей и устройств, как минимум одно из которых движется, имеет соответствующий привод, органы управления и энергетические узлы, соединенные вместе для определенного применения, например для обработки, переработки, производства, транспортирования или упаковки материалов.
    Термины «машина» и «механизм» также распространяются на совокупность машин, которые размещаются и управляются таким образом, чтобы функционировать как единое целое.
    Примечание
    В приложении А приведено общее схематическое изображение машины.
    [ ГОСТ Р ИСО 12100-1:2007]

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    оборудование
    Совокупность связанных между собой частей или устройств, из которых по крайней мере одно движется, а также элементы привода, управления и энергетические узлы, которые предназначены для определенного применения, в частности для обработки, производства, перемещения или упаковки материала. К термину «оборудование» относят также машину и совокупность машин, которые так устроены и управляемы, что они функционируют как единое целое для достижения одной и той же цели.
    [ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

    оборудование
    -

    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    оборудование
    Оснащение, материалы, приспособления, устройства, механизмы, приборы, инструменты и другие принадлежности, используемые в качестве частей электрической установки или в соединении с ней.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]

    EN

    equipment
    single apparatus or set of devices or apparatuses, or the set of main devices of an installation, or all devices necessary to perform a specific task
    NOTE – Examples of equipment are a power transformer, the equipment of a substation, measuring equipment.
    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    equipment
    material, fittings, devices, components, appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like used as part of, or in connection with, the electrical equipment of machines
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    FR

    équipement, m
    matériel, m
    appareil unique ou ensemble de dispositifs ou appareils, ou ensemble des dispositifs principaux d'une installation, ou ensemble des dispositifs nécessaires à l'accomplissement d'une tâche particulière
    NOTE – Des exemples d’équipement ou de matériel sont un transformateur de puissance, l’équipement d’une sous-station, un équipement de mesure.
    [IEV number 151-11-25]

    Тематики

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    организационный аппарат

    [ http://www.iks-media.ru/glossary/index.html?glossid=2400324]

    Тематики

    • электросвязь, основные понятия

    EN

    3.26 машины (machinery): Устройство, состоящее из соединенных между собой частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, один из которых движется, с соответствующими исполнительными механизмами, силовыми цепями и цепями управления и т.д., объединенных вместе в целях конкретного применения, в частности, для обработки, переработки, перемещения или упаковки материала (материал означает эквивалент вещества или изделия).

    Термин «машины» одновременно означает совокупность машин и механизмов, которые для достижения одной и той же цели установлены и управляются таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое.

    Источник: ГОСТ Р ЕН 1127-2-2009: Взрывоопасные среды. Взрывозащита и предотвращение взрыва. Часть 2. Основополагающая концепция и методология (для подземных выработок)

    Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > machinery

  • 33 near cash

    !
    гос. фин. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    This paper provides background information on the framework for the planning and control of public expenditure in the UK which has been operated since the 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR). It sets out the different classifications of spending for budgeting purposes and why these distinctions have been adopted. It discusses how the public expenditure framework is designed to ensure both sound public finances and an outcome-focused approach to public expenditure.
    The UK's public spending framework is based on several key principles:
    "
    consistency with a long-term, prudent and transparent regime for managing the public finances as a whole;
    " "
    the judgement of success by policy outcomes rather than resource inputs;
    " "
    strong incentives for departments and their partners in service delivery to plan over several years and plan together where appropriate so as to deliver better public services with greater cost effectiveness; and
    "
    the proper costing and management of capital assets to provide the right incentives for public investment.
    The Government sets policy to meet two firm fiscal rules:
    "
    the Golden Rule states that over the economic cycle, the Government will borrow only to invest and not to fund current spending; and
    "
    the Sustainable Investment Rule states that net public debt as a proportion of GDP will be held over the economic cycle at a stable and prudent level. Other things being equal, net debt will be maintained below 40 per cent of GDP over the economic cycle.
    Achievement of the fiscal rules is assessed by reference to the national accounts, which are produced by the Office for National Statistics, acting as an independent agency. The Government sets its spending envelope to comply with these fiscal rules.
    Departmental Expenditure Limits ( DEL) and Annually Managed Expenditure (AME)
    "
    Departmental Expenditure Limit ( DEL) spending, which is planned and controlled on a three year basis in Spending Reviews; and
    "
    Annually Managed Expenditure ( AME), which is expenditure which cannot reasonably be subject to firm, multi-year limits in the same way as DEL. AME includes social security benefits, local authority self-financed expenditure, debt interest, and payments to EU institutions.
    More information about DEL and AME is set out below.
    In Spending Reviews, firm DEL plans are set for departments for three years. To ensure consistency with the Government's fiscal rules departments are set separate resource (current) and capital budgets. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    To encourage departments to plan over the medium term departments may carry forward unspent DEL provision from one year into the next and, subject to the normal tests for tautness and realism of plans, may be drawn down in future years. This end-year flexibility also removes any incentive for departments to use up their provision as the year end approaches with less regard to value for money. For the full benefits of this flexibility and of three year plans to feed through into improved public service delivery, end-year flexibility and three year budgets should be cascaded from departments to executive agencies and other budget holders.
    Three year budgets and end-year flexibility give those managing public services the stability to plan their operations on a sensible time scale. Further, the system means that departments cannot seek to bid up funds each year (before 1997, three year plans were set and reviewed in annual Public Expenditure Surveys). So the credibility of medium-term plans has been enhanced at both central and departmental level.
    Departments have certainty over the budgetary allocation over the medium term and these multi-year DEL plans are strictly enforced. Departments are expected to prioritise competing pressures and fund these within their overall annual limits, as set in Spending Reviews. So the DEL system provides a strong incentive to control costs and maximise value for money.
    There is a small centrally held DEL Reserve. Support from the Reserve is available only for genuinely unforeseeable contingencies which departments cannot be expected to manage within their DEL.
    AME typically consists of programmes which are large, volatile and demand-led, and which therefore cannot reasonably be subject to firm multi-year limits. The biggest single element is social security spending. Other items include tax credits, Local Authority Self Financed Expenditure, Scottish Executive spending financed by non-domestic rates, and spending financed from the proceeds of the National Lottery.
    AME is reviewed twice a year as part of the Budget and Pre-Budget Report process reflecting the close integration of the tax and benefit system, which was enhanced by the introduction of tax credits.
    AME is not subject to the same three year expenditure limits as DEL, but is still part of the overall envelope for public expenditure. Affordability is taken into account when policy decisions affecting AME are made. The Government has committed itself not to take policy measures which are likely to have the effect of increasing social security or other elements of AME without taking steps to ensure that the effects of those decisions can be accommodated prudently within the Government's fiscal rules.
    Given an overall envelope for public spending, forecasts of AME affect the level of resources available for DEL spending. Cautious estimates and the AME margin are built in to these AME forecasts and reduce the risk of overspending on AME.
    Together, DEL plus AME sum to Total Managed Expenditure (TME). TME is a measure drawn from national accounts. It represents the current and capital spending of the public sector. The public sector is made up of central government, local government and public corporations.
    Resource and Capital Budgets are set in terms of accruals information. Accruals information measures resources as they are consumed rather than when the cash is paid. So for example the Resource Budget includes a charge for depreciation, a measure of the consumption or wearing out of capital assets.
    "
    Non cash charges in budgets do not impact directly on the fiscal framework. That may be because the national accounts use a different way of measuring the same thing, for example in the case of the depreciation of departmental assets. Or it may be that the national accounts measure something different: for example, resource budgets include a cost of capital charge reflecting the opportunity cost of holding capital; the national accounts include debt interest.
    "
    Within the Resource Budget DEL, departments have separate controls on:
    "
    Near cash spending, the sub set of Resource Budgets which impacts directly on the Golden Rule; and
    "
    The amount of their Resource Budget DEL that departments may spend on running themselves (e.g. paying most civil servants’ salaries) is limited by Administration Budgets, which are set in Spending Reviews. Administration Budgets are used to ensure that as much money as practicable is available for front line services and programmes. These budgets also help to drive efficiency improvements in departments’ own activities. Administration Budgets exclude the costs of frontline services delivered directly by departments.
    The Budget preceding a Spending Review sets an overall envelope for public spending that is consistent with the fiscal rules for the period covered by the Spending Review. In the Spending Review, the Budget AME forecast for year one of the Spending Review period is updated, and AME forecasts are made for the later years of the Spending Review period.
    The 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review ( CSR), which was published in July 1998, was a comprehensive review of departmental aims and objectives alongside a zero-based analysis of each spending programme to determine the best way of delivering the Government's objectives. The 1998 CSR allocated substantial additional resources to the Government's key priorities, particularly education and health, for the three year period from 1999-2000 to 2001-02.
    Delivering better public services does not just depend on how much money the Government spends, but also on how well it spends it. Therefore the 1998 CSR introduced Public Service Agreements (PSAs). Each major government department was given its own PSA setting out clear targets for achievements in terms of public service improvements.
    The 1998 CSR also introduced the DEL/ AME framework for the control of public spending, and made other framework changes. Building on the investment and reforms delivered by the 1998 CSR, successive spending reviews in 2000, 2002 and 2004 have:
    "
    provided significant increase in resources for the Government’s priorities, in particular health and education, and cross-cutting themes such as raising productivity; extending opportunity; and building strong and secure communities;
    " "
    enabled the Government significantly to increase investment in public assets and address the legacy of under investment from past decades. Departmental Investment Strategies were introduced in SR2000. As a result there has been a steady increase in public sector net investment from less than ¾ of a per cent of GDP in 1997-98 to 2¼ per cent of GDP in 2005-06, providing better infrastructure across public services;
    " "
    introduced further refinements to the performance management framework. PSA targets have been reduced in number over successive spending reviews from around 300 to 110 to give greater focus to the Government’s highest priorities. The targets have become increasingly outcome-focused to deliver further improvements in key areas of public service delivery across Government. They have also been refined in line with the conclusions of the Devolving Decision Making Review to provide a framework which encourages greater devolution and local flexibility. Technical Notes were introduced in SR2000 explaining how performance against each PSA target will be measured; and
    "
    not only allocated near cash spending to departments, but also – since SR2002 - set Resource DEL plans for non cash spending.
    To identify what further investments and reforms are needed to equip the UK for the global challenges of the decade ahead, on 19 July 2005 the Chief Secretary to the Treasury announced that the Government intends to launch a second Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR) reporting in 2007.
    A decade on from the first CSR, the 2007 CSR will represent a long-term and fundamental review of government expenditure. It will cover departmental allocations for 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010 11. Allocations for 2007-08 will be held to the agreed figures already announced by the 2004 Spending Review. To provide a rigorous analytical framework for these departmental allocations, the Government will be taking forward a programme of preparatory work over 2006 involving:
    "
    an assessment of what the sustained increases in spending and reforms to public service delivery have achieved since the first CSR. The assessment will inform the setting of new objectives for the decade ahead;
    " "
    an examination of the key long-term trends and challenges that will shape the next decade – including demographic and socio-economic change, globalisation, climate and environmental change, global insecurity and technological change – together with an assessment of how public services will need to respond;
    " "
    to release the resources needed to address these challenges, and to continue to secure maximum value for money from public spending over the CSR period, a set of zero-based reviews of departments’ baseline expenditure to assess its effectiveness in delivering the Government’s long-term objectives; together with
    "
    further development of the efficiency programme, building on the cross cutting areas identified in the Gershon Review, to embed and extend ongoing efficiency savings into departmental expenditure planning.
    The 2007 CSR also offers the opportunity to continue to refine the PSA framework so that it drives effective delivery and the attainment of ambitious national standards.
    Public Service Agreements (PSAs) were introduced in the 1998 CSR. They set out agreed targets detailing the outputs and outcomes departments are expected to deliver with the resources allocated to them. The new spending regime places a strong emphasis on outcome targets, for example in providing for better health and higher educational standards or service standards. The introduction in SR2004 of PSA ‘standards’ will ensure that high standards in priority areas are maintained.
    The Government monitors progress against PSA targets, and departments report in detail twice a year in their annual Departmental Reports (published in spring) and in their autumn performance reports. These reports provide Parliament and the public with regular updates on departments’ performance against their targets.
    Technical Notes explain how performance against each PSA target will be measured.
    To make the most of both new investment and existing assets, there needs to be a coherent long term strategy against which investment decisions are taken. Departmental Investment Strategies (DIS) set out each department's plans to deliver the scale and quality of capital stock needed to underpin its objectives. The DIS includes information about the department's existing capital stock and future plans for that stock, as well as plans for new investment. It also sets out the systems that the department has in place to ensure that it delivers its capital programmes effectively.
    This document was updated on 19 December 2005.
    Near-cash resource expenditure that has a related cash implication, even though the timing of the cash payment may be slightly different. For example, expenditure on gas or electricity supply is incurred as the fuel is used, though the cash payment might be made in arrears on aquarterly basis. Other examples of near-cash expenditure are: pay, rental.Net cash requirement the upper limit agreed by Parliament on the cash which a department may draw from theConsolidated Fund to finance the expenditure within the ambit of its Request forResources. It is equal to the agreed amount of net resources and net capital less non-cashitems and working capital.Non-cash cost costs where there is no cash transaction but which are included in a body’s accounts (or taken into account in charging for a service) to establish the true cost of all the resourcesused.Non-departmental a body which has a role in the processes of government, but is not a government public body, NDPBdepartment or part of one. NDPBs accordingly operate at arm’s length from governmentMinisters.Notional cost of a cost which is taken into account in setting fees and charges to improve comparability with insuranceprivate sector service providers.The charge takes account of the fact that public bodies donot generally pay an insurance premium to a commercial insurer.the independent body responsible for collecting and publishing official statistics about theUK’s society and economy. (At the time of going to print legislation was progressing tochange this body to the Statistics Board).Office of Government an office of the Treasury, with a status similar to that of an agency, which aims to maximise Commerce, OGCthe government’s purchasing power for routine items and combine professional expertiseto bear on capital projects.Office of the the government department responsible for discharging the Paymaster General’s statutoryPaymaster General,responsibilities to hold accounts and make payments for government departments and OPGother public bodies.Orange bookthe informal title for Management of Risks: Principles and Concepts, which is published by theTreasury for the guidance of public sector bodies.Office for NationalStatistics, ONS60Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    "
    GLOSSARYOverdraftan account with a negative balance.Parliament’s formal agreement to authorise an activity or expenditure.Prerogative powerspowers exercisable under the Royal Prerogative, ie powers which are unique to the Crown,as contrasted with common-law powers which may be available to the Crown on the samebasis as to natural persons.Primary legislationActs which have been passed by the Westminster Parliament and, where they haveappropriate powers, the Scottish Parliament and the Northern Ireland Assembly. Begin asBills until they have received Royal Assent.arrangements under which a public sector organisation contracts with a private sectorentity to construct a facility and provide associated services of a specified quality over asustained period. See annex 7.5.Proprietythe principle that patterns of resource consumption should respect Parliament’s intentions,conventions and control procedures, including any laid down by the PAC. See box 2.4.Public Accountssee Committee of Public Accounts.CommitteePublic corporationa trading body controlled by central government, local authority or other publiccorporation that has substantial day to day operating independence. See section 7.8.Public Dividend finance provided by government to public sector bodies as an equity stake; an alternative to Capital, PDCloan finance.Public Service sets out what the public can expect the government to deliver with its resources. EveryAgreement, PSAlarge government department has PSA(s) which specify deliverables as targets or aimsrelated to objectives.a structured arrangement between a public sector and a private sector organisation tosecure an outcome delivering good value for money for the public sector. It is classified tothe public or private sector according to which has more control.Rate of returnthe financial remuneration delivered by a particular project or enterprise, expressed as apercentage of the net assets employed.Regularitythe principle that resource consumption should accord with the relevant legislation, therelevant delegated authority and this document. See box 2.4.Request for the functional level into which departmental Estimates may be split. RfRs contain a number Resources, RfRof functions being carried out by the department in pursuit of one or more of thatdepartment’s objectives.Resource accountan accruals account produced in line with the Financial Reporting Manual (FReM).Resource accountingthe system under which budgets, Estimates and accounts are constructed in a similar wayto commercial audited accounts, so that both plans and records of expenditure allow in fullfor the goods and services which are to be, or have been, consumed – ie not just the cashexpended.Resource budgetthe means by which the government plans and controls the expenditure of resources tomeet its objectives.Restitutiona legal concept which allows money and property to be returned to its rightful owner. Ittypically operates where another person can be said to have been unjustly enriched byreceiving such monies.Return on capital the ratio of profit to capital employed of an accounting entity during an identified period.employed, ROCEVarious measures of profit and of capital employed may be used in calculating the ratio.Public Privatepartnership, PPPPrivate Finance Initiative, PFIParliamentaryauthority61Managing Public Money
    "
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARYRoyal charterthe document setting out the powers and constitution of a corporation established underprerogative power of the monarch acting on Privy Council advice.Second readingthe second formal time that a House of Parliament may debate a bill, although in practicethe first substantive debate on its content. If successful, it is deemed to denoteParliamentary approval of the principle of the proposed legislation.Secondary legislationlaws, including orders and regulations, which are made using powers in primary legislation.Normally used to set out technical and administrative provision in greater detail thanprimary legislation, they are subject to a less intense level of scrutiny in Parliament.European legislation is,however,often implemented in secondary legislation using powers inthe European Communities Act 1972.Service-level agreement between parties, setting out in detail the level of service to be performed.agreementWhere agreements are between central government bodies, they are not legally a contractbut have a similar function.Shareholder Executive a body created to improve the government’s performance as a shareholder in businesses.Spending reviewsets out the key improvements in public services that the public can expect over a givenperiod. It includes a thorough review of departmental aims and objectives to find the bestway of delivering the government’s objectives, and sets out the spending plans for the givenperiod.State aidstate support for a domestic body or company which could distort EU competition and sois not usually allowed. See annex 4.9.Statement of Excessa formal statement detailing departments’ overspends prepared by the Comptroller andAuditor General as a result of undertaking annual audits.Statement on Internal an annual statement that Accounting Officers are required to make as part of the accounts Control, SICon a range of risk and control issues.Subheadindividual elements of departmental expenditure identifiable in Estimates as single cells, forexample cell A1 being administration costs within a particular line of departmental spending.Supplyresources voted by Parliament in response to Estimates, for expenditure by governmentdepartments.Supply Estimatesa statement of the resources the government needs in the coming financial year, and forwhat purpose(s), by which Parliamentary authority is sought for the planned level ofexpenditure and income.Target rate of returnthe rate of return required of a project or enterprise over a given period, usually at least a year.Third sectorprivate sector bodies which do not act commercially,including charities,social and voluntaryorganisations and other not-for-profit collectives. See annex 7.7.Total Managed a Treasury budgeting term which covers all current and capital spending carried out by the Expenditure,TMEpublic sector (ie not just by central departments).Trading fundan organisation (either within a government department or forming one) which is largely orwholly financed from commercial revenue generated by its activities. Its Estimate shows itsnet impact, allowing its income from receipts to be devoted entirely to its business.Treasury Minutea formal administrative document drawn up by the Treasury, which may serve a wide varietyof purposes including seeking Parliamentary approval for the use of receipts asappropriations in aid, a remission of some or all of the principal of voted loans, andresponding on behalf of the government to reports by the Public Accounts Committee(PAC).62Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARY63Managing Public MoneyValue for moneythe process under which organisation’s procurement, projects and processes aresystematically evaluated and assessed to provide confidence about suitability, effectiveness,prudence,quality,value and avoidance of error and other waste,judged for the public sectoras a whole.Virementthe process through which funds are moved between subheads such that additionalexpenditure on one is met by savings on one or more others.Votethe process by which Parliament approves funds in response to supply Estimates.Voted expenditureprovision for expenditure that has been authorised by Parliament. Parliament ‘votes’authority for public expenditure through the Supply Estimates process. Most expenditureby central government departments is authorised in this way.Wider market activity activities undertaken by central government organisations outside their statutory duties,using spare capacity and aimed at generating a commercial profit. See annex 7.6.Windfallmonies received by a department which were not anticipated in the spending review.
    ————————————————————————————————————————

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > near cash

  • 34 грузоподъёмность

    2) Geology: hoisting duty
    4) Naval: burden (судна), cargo carrying capacity, cargo load (= carrying capacity)
    5) Military: (моста) capacity (of bridge), load-carrying ability, (моста) trafficability
    6) Engineering: bearing strength, carrier power, holding capacity, hook capacity, lading capacity, lifting power, load-carrying capacity (транспортного средства), load-lifting capacity, marked capacity, weight-carrying ability, weight-carrying capacity
    7) Construction: actual carrying capacity, bearing, duty, lifting ability (крана, домкрата), lifting cantilevering, load cantilevering
    9) Law: load limit
    10) Economy: cargo-carrying capacity (транспортного средства), cargo-carrying capacity, freight-carrying capacity, load-carrying capacity (о наземном транспорте), load-lifting capacity (о самолете)
    11) Insurance: Deadweight capacity
    12) Automobile industry: bearing capacity (подшипника), bearing value, payload, supporting power (напр. опоры)
    16) Metallurgy: carry (крана), lifting force, tractive effort (магнита), weight-carrying power
    17) Information technology: weight-lighting ability
    18) Oil: bearing force, carrying capacity (трубодержателя для обсадных труб), deadweight (DWT), hoisting capacity, hoisting load, lifting capability, lifting capacity, lilting power, load bearing capacity, load capacity, useful load, weight-supporting capacity (буровой вышки), working capacity
    19) Astronautics: lift capacity, load carrying capacity, payload capability, payload capacity, weight-lifting capability
    20) Aeronautics: airlift
    21) Metrology: dead weight (судна)
    23) Business: loading capacity
    24) Drilling: deadweight
    25) Sakhalin energy glossary: rated load capacity
    26) Oil&Gas technology DWT, rated capacity
    27) Automation: cap, elevating capacity, handling capacity, load (bearing) capacity, load rating, load-carrying capability, payload capability (напр. робота), strength, tractive effort (напр. магнита), weight capacity, working load capacity, workload (напр. робота), workpiece-carrying capacity
    29) Sakhalin R: load (carrying) capacity
    30) Makarov: airlift (летательного аппарата), capability, carrying capacity (судна), lifting capacity (подъёмного оборудования), load-carrying capacity (самолёта), load-lifting capacity (самолёта), rated load capacity (подъёмного оборудования), tonnage (судна), traction power, tractive power, weight-carrying capacity (судна), weight-carrying capacity (транспортного средства)
    31) Cement: rating

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > грузоподъёмность

  • 35 control

    1) управління ( діяльність); регулювання, нормування, контроль, нагляд ( за діяльністю тощо); контрольний орган; режим; стримування (в т. ч. злочинності, натовпу), боротьба ( із злочинністю тощо)
    2) керувати, розпоряджатися; контролювати, нормувати, регулювати; стримувати, обмежувати; спостерігати, здійснювати нагляд

    control of administrative action= control of administrative actions контроль за адміністративними діями

    control of administrative actions= control of administrative action

    control the lawful exercise of power= control the lawful exercise of powers контролювати законність здійснення повноважень

    control the lawful exercise of powers= control the lawful exercise of power

    - control a crowd
    - control a question of law
    - control agency
    - control an operation
    - control and auditing activity
    - control and auditing agency
    - control and auditing apparatus
    - control and auditing body
    - control-auditing
    - control-auditing activity
    - control-auditing agency
    - control-auditing apparatus
    - control-auditing body
    - control-auditing inspectorate
    - control authority
    - control behavior
    - control one's behavior
    - control board
    - control body
    - control center
    - control centre
    - control committee
    - control conduct
    - control crime
    - control crowd
    - control directorate
    - control functions
    - control human conduct
    - control law
    - control machinery
    - control measure
    - control of civil disturbances
    - control of property
    - control of the observation
    - control of the police
    - control of the press
    - control over cash flows
    - control over natural resources
    - control over nuclear exports
    - control over organized crime
    - control over the crime rate
    - control pesticide use
    - control police activities
    - control prices
    - control riot
    - control riots
    - control secret police
    - control shot in the head
    - control stamp
    - control system

    English-Ukrainian law dictionary > control

  • 36 faculty

    noun
    1) (physical capability) Fähigkeit, die; Vermögen, das

    faculty of sight/speech/hearing/thought — Seh-/Sprach-/Hör-/Denkvermögen, das

    2) (mental power)

    in [full] possession of [all] one's [mental] faculties — im [Voll]besitz [all] seiner [geistigen] Kräfte

    3) (Univ.): (department) Fakultät, die; Fachbereich, der
    4) (Amer. Sch., Univ.): (staff) Lehrkörper, der
    * * *
    ['fækəlti]
    plural - faculties; noun
    1) (a power of the mind: the faculty of reason.) die Gabe
    2) (a natural power of the body: the faculty of hearing.) die Fähigkeit
    3) (ability or skill: She has a faculty for saying the right thing.) die Fähigkeit
    4) ((often with capital) a section of a university: the Faculty of Arts/Science.) die Fakultät
    * * *
    fa·cul·ty
    [ˈfækəlti, AM -t̬i]
    n
    1. (university department) Fakultät f, Fachbereich m
    the F\faculty of Arts/Law/Science die philosophische/juristische/naturwissenschaftliche Fakultät
    2. no pl AM SCH Lehrkörper m, Lehrerkollegium nt; UNIV [Lehrkörper m einer] Fakultät; (all professors at university) Professorenkollegium nt
    business/law \faculty Lehrpersonal nt im Fachbereich Betriebswirtschaftslehre/Rechtswissenschaften
    the lower/upper school \faculty die Lehrer pl der Sekundarstufe I/II
    3. (natural ability) Fähigkeit f, Vermögen nt kein pl
    to be in command [or possession] of all one's mental faculties im Vollbesitz seiner geistigen Kräfte sein
    to have [all] one's faculties im [Voll]besitz seiner [geistigen] Kräfte sein
    4. (skill) Talent nt, Begabung f ( for für + akk)
    5. LAW Dispens m
    * * *
    ['fkəltI]
    n
    1) (= power of mind) Vermögen nt, Fähigkeit f, Kraft f; (= ability, aptitude) Begabung f, Talent nt

    mental facultiesgeistige Fähigkeiten pl, Geisteskräfte pl

    faculty of hearing/sight — Hör-/Sehvermögen nt

    to be in ( full) possession of (all) one's faculties — im Vollbesitz seiner Kräfte sein

    to have a faculty for doing sth — ein Talent dafür haben, etw zu tun

    2) (UNIV) Fakultät f

    the medical faculty, the faculty of medicine — die medizinische Fakultät

    3) (ECCL) Vollmacht f
    * * *
    faculty [ˈfækltı] s
    1. Fähigkeit f, Vermögen n:
    faculty of hearing Hörvermögen
    2. Kraft f, Geschicklichkeit f, Gewandtheit f
    3. (natürliche) Gabe, Anlage f, Talent n, Fähigkeit f:
    (mental) faculties Geisteskräfte;
    be in full possession of all one’s faculties im Vollbesitz seiner geistigen Kräfte sein;
    have a faculty for ( oder of) doing sth das Talent oder die Fähigkeit haben, etwas zu tun
    4. UNIV
    a) Fakultät f, Wissenszweig m:
    the medical faculty die medizinische Fakultät, weitS. die Mediziner pl
    b)(Mitglieder pl einer) Fakultät, Lehrkörper m
    c) besonders US Lehr-, Verwaltungspersonal n (auch einer Schule)
    5. JUR
    a) Ermächtigung f, Befugnis f ( for zu, für)
    b) meist pl Vermögen n, Eigentum n
    6. REL Befugnis f, Dispens m/f
    * * *
    noun
    1) (physical capability) Fähigkeit, die; Vermögen, das

    faculty of sight/speech/hearing/thought — Seh-/Sprach-/Hör-/Denkvermögen, das

    in [full] possession of [all] one's [mental] faculties — im [Voll]besitz [all] seiner [geistigen] Kräfte

    3) (Univ.): (department) Fakultät, die; Fachbereich, der
    4) (Amer. Sch., Univ.): (staff) Lehrkörper, der
    * * *
    (University) n.
    Institut -e n. n.
    Fachbereich m.
    Fakultät -en f.
    Fähigkeit f.
    Lehrkörper m.

    English-german dictionary > faculty

  • 37 force

    1.
    [fɔːs]noun
    1) no pl. (strength, power) Stärke, die; (of bomb, explosion, attack, storm) Wucht, die; (physical strength) Kraft, die

    achieve something by brute forceetwas mit roher Gewalt erreichen

    in force(in large numbers) mit einem großen Aufgebot (see also academic.ru/4773/b">b)

    2) no pl. (fig.): (power, validity) Kraft, die

    by force of — auf Grund (+ Gen.)

    in force(in effect) in Kraft

    come into force[Gesetz usw.:] in Kraft treten

    put in[to] force — in Kraft setzen

    3) (coercion, violence) Gewalt, die

    use or employ force [against somebody] — Gewalt [gegen jemanden] anwenden

    by force — gewaltsam; mit Gewalt

    4) (organized group) (of workers) Kolonne, die; Trupp, der; (of police) Einheit, die; (Mil.) Armee, die

    the forcesdie Armee

    5) (forceful agency or person) Kraft, die; Macht, die

    there are forces in action/at work here... — hier walten Kräfte/sind Kräfte am Werk...

    he is a force in the land (fig.)/a force to be reckoned with — er ist ein einflussreicher Mann im Land/eine Macht, die nicht zu unterschätzen ist

    6) (meaning) Bedeutung, die
    7) (Phys.) Kraft, die
    2. transitive verb

    force somebody/oneself [to do something] — jemanden/sich zwingen[, etwas zu tun]

    be forced to do somethinggezwungen sein od. sich gezwungen sehen, etwas zu tun

    I was forced to accept/into accepting the offer — (felt obliged) ich fühlte mich verpflichtet, das Angebot anzunehmen

    force somebody's hand(fig.) jemanden zwingen zu handeln

    2) (take by force)

    he forced it out of her handser riss es ihr aus der Hand

    force a confession from somebody(fig.) jemanden zu einem Geständnis zwingen

    3) (push)

    force something [up]on somebody — jemandem etwas aufzwingen od. aufnötigen

    force [open] — aufbrechen

    6) (effect by violent means) sich (Dat.) erzwingen [Zutritt]

    force one's way in[to a building] — sich (Dat.) mit Gewalt Zutritt [zu einem Gebäude] verschaffen

    7) (produce with effort) sich zwingen zu
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    [fo:s] 1. noun
    1) (strength or power that can be felt: the force of the wind.) die Kraft
    2) (a person or thing that has great power: the forces of Nature.) die Kraft
    3) ((sometimes with capital) a group of men prepared for action: the police force; the Royal Air Force.) die Truppe
    2. verb
    1) (to make (someone or something) do something, go somewhere etc, often against his etc will: He forced me to give him money.) zwingen
    2) (to achieve by strength or effort: He forced a smile despite his grief.) erzwingen
    - forced
    - forceful
    - forcefully
    - forces
    - in
    - into force
    * * *
    [fɔ:s, AM fɔ:rs]
    I. n
    1. no pl (power) Kraft f; (intensity) Stärke f; of a blow, impact Wucht f
    she slapped his face with unexpected \force sie versetzte ihm eine unerwartet kräftige Ohrfeige
    by \force of arms mit Waffengewalt
    the \force of an earthquake/a hurricane die Stärke eines Erdbebens/Wirbelsturms
    with full \force mit voller Wucht
    2. no pl (violence) Gewalt f
    to use \force Gewalt anwenden
    by \force gewaltsam, mit Gewalt
    3. no pl (coercion) Zwang m
    under the \force of circumstances unter dem Zwang der Verhältnisse
    4. PHYS Kraft f
    \force of attraction Anziehungsvermögen nt
    \force of current Stromstärke f
    \force of gravity Schwerkraft f, Erdanziehungskraft f
    \force of inertia Trägheitskraft f
    in \force in großer Zahl
    6. no pl (influence) Macht f; (powerful effect) Kraft f
    the \force of sb's arguments jds Überzeugungskraft f
    \force of habit die Macht der Gewohnheit
    from \force of habit aus reiner Gewohnheit
    7. (person or thing with influence) Kraft f, Macht f
    he was a powerful \force in politics er war ein einflussreicher Mann in der Politik
    the \forces of evil die Mächte des Bösen
    the \forces of nature ( liter) die Naturgewalten pl
    8. no pl (validity) Gültigkeit f
    to have the \force of law rechtsverbindlich sein
    to be in/come [or be brought] into \force in Kraft sein/treten
    to put sth in[to] \force etw in Kraft setzen
    9. (group) Truppe f
    police \force Polizei f
    air \force Luftwaffe f
    labour \force Arbeitskräfte pl
    armed \forces Streitkräfte pl
    10.
    to combine [or join] \forces zusammenhelfen
    with combined \forces mit vereinten Kräften
    by sheer \force of numbers aufgrund zahlenmäßiger Überlegenheit
    II. vt
    1. (compel)
    to \force sb/oneself [to do sth] jdn/sich zwingen [etw zu tun]
    to \force sb out of the car jdn zwingen auszusteigen
    to \force sb out of the house jdn zwingen das Haus zu verlassen
    to \force sb to the floor jdn zu Boden zwingen
    to be \forced to do sth gezwungen werden etw zu tun; (feel the necessity) gezwungen sein etw zu tun; (feel obliged) sich akk gezwungen sehen etw zu tun
    to \force sb into doing sth jdn [dazu] zwingen, etw zu tun
    to \force sb into sth (an act) jdn zu etw dat zwingen; (a space) jdn in etw akk zwingen geh
    the \forced us into the cellar sie zwangen uns in den Keller [zu gehen]
    to \force sb into the car jdn [dazu] zwingen, einzusteigen [o in den Wagen zu steigen]
    to \force sb into prostitution/resignation jdn zur Prostitution/zum Rücktritt zwingen
    2.
    to \force oneself on sb (impose) sich akk jdm aufdrängen; (sexually) jdm Gewalt antun
    3. (get, produce)
    to \force sth etw erzwingen
    the burglar \forced an entry der Einbrecher verschaffte sich mit Gewalt Zutritt
    to \force a confession out of sb jdn zu einem Geständnis zwingen, ein Geständnis von jdm erzwingen
    to \force a smile gezwungen lächeln, sich akk zu einem Lächeln zwingen
    to \force one's way into/through/out of sth sich dat seinen Weg in/durch etw akk /aus etw dat bahnen
    to \force words out of sb jdm die Worte aus der Nase ziehen fam
    4. (make accept)
    to \force sth on sb jdm etw aufzwingen
    5. (push, squeeze)
    to \force sth into sth etw in etw akk [hinein]zwängen
    to \force a nail into a wall einen Nagel in eine Wand treiben
    6. LAW
    to \force a bill through the legislature ein Gesetz durchbringen [o fam durchpeitschen
    7. (open)
    to \force a door/a lock eine Tür/ein Schloss aufbrechen
    to \force a zip einen Reißverschluss mit Gewalt öffnen
    8. (make grow faster)
    to \force fruits/vegetables Früchte/Gemüse treiben fachspr
    \forced salad getriebener Salat fachspr
    9.
    to \force sb's hand jdn zum Handeln zwingen
    to \force an issue eine Entscheidung erzwingen
    to \force the pace das Tempo forcieren
    * * *
    [fɔːs]
    1. n
    1) no pl (= physical strength, power) Kraft f; (of blow, impact, collision) Wucht f; (= physical coercion) Gewalt f; (PHYS) Kraft f

    they were there in force —

    2) no pl (fig) (of argument) Überzeugungskraft f; (of music, phrase) Eindringlichkeit f; (of character) Stärke f; (of words) Macht f

    the force of circumstances —

    I see the force of what he is saying — ich sehe ein, was er sagt, ist zwingend

    3) (= powerful thing, person) Macht f
    See:
    life force
    4)

    (= body of men) the forces (Mil)die Streitkräfte pl

    See:
    5)

    to come into/be in force — in Kraft treten/sein

    2. vt
    1) (= compel) zwingen

    to force sb/oneself to do sth — jdn/sich zwingen, etw zu tun

    he was forced to conclude that... — er sah sich zu der Folgerung gezwungen or gedrängt, dass...

    2) (= extort, obtain by force) erzwingen

    to force an error (Sport) — einen Fehler erzwingen, den Gegner ausspielen

    3)

    to force sth ( up)on sb (present, one's company) — jdm etw aufdrängen; conditions, obedience jdm etw auferlegen; conditions, decision, war jdm etw aufzwingen

    4) (= break open) aufbrechen

    to force (an) entrysich (dat) gewaltsam Zugang or Zutritt verschaffen

    5)

    (= push, squeeze) to force books into a box — Bücher in eine Kiste zwängen

    if it won't open/go in, don't force it — wenn es nicht aufgeht/passt, wende keine Gewalt an

    to force one's way into sthsich (dat) gewaltsam Zugang zu etw or in etw (acc)

    to force one's way throughsich (dat) gewaltsam einen Weg bahnen

    6) plants treiben
    7)

    (= produce with effort) to force a smile — gezwungen lächeln

    * * *
    force [fɔː(r)s; US auch ˈfəʊərs]
    A s
    1. Stärke f, Kraft f, Wucht f (auch fig):
    force of gravity PHYS Schwerkraft;
    by force of durch, kraft (gen), vermittels (gen);
    by force of arms mit Waffengewalt;
    a) sich zusammentun ( with mit),
    b) MIL seine Streitkräfte vereinigen ( with mit)
    2. fig (auch politische etc) Kraft:
    forces of nature Naturkräfte, -gewalten
    3. Gewalt f:
    by force gewaltsam, mit Gewalt ( A 4)
    4. auch JUR Zwang m, Gewalt(anwendung) f, Druck m:
    by force zwangsweise ( A 3);
    the force of circumstances der Zwang der Verhältnisse
    5. JUR (Rechts) Kraft f, (-)Gültigkeit f, (-)Wirksamkeit f:
    be in force in Kraft sein, gelten;
    come ( oder enter) (put) into force in Kraft treten (setzen);
    coming ( oder entry) into force Inkrafttreten n
    6. Einfluss m, Macht f, Wirkung f, (Durchschlags-, Überzeugungs)Kraft f, Nachdruck m:
    lend force to Nachdruck verleihen (dat);
    the force of habit die Macht der Gewohnheit;
    from force of habit aus Gewohnheit
    8. auch LING Bedeutung f, Gehalt m
    9. umg Menge f:
    in force in großer Zahl oder Menge
    10. MIL
    a) oft pl Streit-, Kriegsmacht f
    b) pl (Gesamt)Streitkräfte pl
    c) pl Truppe f, Verband m
    11. Truppe f, Mannschaft f:
    a strong force of police ein starkes Polizeiaufgebot;
    the police force, Br a. the Force die Polizei
    B v/t
    1. zwingen, nötigen:
    force sb to resign jemanden zum Rücktritt zwingen;
    force sb’s hand jemanden zu handeln zwingen;
    we were forced to listen to their argument wir mussten uns (notgedrungen) ihren Streit mit anhören
    2. etwas erzwingen, durchsetzen, -drücken:
    force a smile gezwungen oder gequält lächeln, sich zu einem Lächeln zwingen, sich ein Lächeln abquälen;
    force sth from sb etwas von jemandem erzwingen;
    force sb’s release( from prison) jemanden freipressen;
    force a corner SPORT eine Ecke erzwingen; entry 7
    3. zwängen, drängen, drücken, pressen:
    force back (out, together) zurücktreiben (herausdrücken, zusammenpressen);
    she forced back her tears sie unterdrückte die Tränen;
    force down sein Essen hinunterwürgen;
    force a passage ( oder one’s way) sich (durch)zwängen oder (-)drängen ( through durch);
    force one’s way into sich gewaltsam Zutritt verschaffen zu;
    force sb to the left jemanden nach links abdrängen;
    an idea forced itself into my mind ein Gedanke drängte sich mir auf
    4. force down FLUG zur (Not)Landung zwingen
    5. auch force up WIRTSCH die Preise hochtreiben
    6. aufzwingen, -drängen, -nötigen ( alle:
    sth [up]on sb jemandem etwas):
    force o.s. on sb sich jemandem aufdrängen
    7. überwältigen
    8. MIL erstürmen, erobern
    9. auch force open eine Tür etc aufbrechen
    10. jemandem, auch einer Frau, auch fig dem Sinn etc Gewalt antun
    11. fig einen Ausdruck etc zu Tode reiten, zerreden
    12. das Tempo beschleunigen, forcieren
    13. BOT rasch hochzüchten oder zur Reife bringen
    14. (an)treiben
    15. MUS Töne forcieren:
    force one’s voice ( oder the top notes) pressen
    F abk
    2. PHYS force
    4. MATH function
    * * *
    1.
    [fɔːs]noun
    1) no pl. (strength, power) Stärke, die; (of bomb, explosion, attack, storm) Wucht, die; (physical strength) Kraft, die

    in force (in large numbers) mit einem großen Aufgebot (see also b)

    2) no pl. (fig.): (power, validity) Kraft, die

    by force of — auf Grund (+ Gen.)

    in force (in effect) in Kraft

    come into force[Gesetz usw.:] in Kraft treten

    put in[to] force — in Kraft setzen

    3) (coercion, violence) Gewalt, die

    use or employ force [against somebody] — Gewalt [gegen jemanden] anwenden

    by force — gewaltsam; mit Gewalt

    4) (organized group) (of workers) Kolonne, die; Trupp, der; (of police) Einheit, die; (Mil.) Armee, die
    5) (forceful agency or person) Kraft, die; Macht, die

    there are forces in action/at work here... — hier walten Kräfte/sind Kräfte am Werk...

    he is a force in the land (fig.)/a force to be reckoned with — er ist ein einflussreicher Mann im Land/eine Macht, die nicht zu unterschätzen ist

    6) (meaning) Bedeutung, die
    7) (Phys.) Kraft, die
    2. transitive verb

    force somebody/oneself [to do something] — jemanden/sich zwingen[, etwas zu tun]

    be forced to do somethinggezwungen sein od. sich gezwungen sehen, etwas zu tun

    I was forced to accept/into accepting the offer — (felt obliged) ich fühlte mich verpflichtet, das Angebot anzunehmen

    force somebody's hand(fig.) jemanden zwingen zu handeln

    force a confession from somebody(fig.) jemanden zu einem Geständnis zwingen

    4) (impose, inflict)

    force something [up]on somebody — jemandem etwas aufzwingen od. aufnötigen

    force [open] — aufbrechen

    6) (effect by violent means) sich (Dat.) erzwingen [Zutritt]

    force one's way in[to a building] — sich (Dat.) mit Gewalt Zutritt [zu einem Gebäude] verschaffen

    7) (produce with effort) sich zwingen zu
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    n.
    Gewalt -en f.
    Kraft ¨-e f.
    Macht ¨-e f.
    Stärke -n f.
    Wirkung -en f.
    Zwang ¨-e m. v.
    erzwingen v.
    forcieren v.
    zwingen v.
    (§ p.,pp.: zwang, gezwungen)

    English-german dictionary > force

  • 38 force

    fo:s
    1. noun
    1) (strength or power that can be felt: the force of the wind.) fuerza
    2) (a person or thing that has great power: the forces of Nature.) fuerza
    3) ((sometimes with capital) a group of men prepared for action: the police force; the Royal Air Force.) cuerpo

    2. verb
    1) (to make (someone or something) do something, go somewhere etc, often against his etc will: He forced me to give him money.) forzar, obligar
    2) (to achieve by strength or effort: He forced a smile despite his grief.) forzar
    - forceful
    - forcefully
    - forces
    - in
    - into force

    force1 n fuerza
    force2 vb
    1. obligar
    2. forzar
    tr[fɔːs]
    1 (strength, power, violence) fuerza
    2 SMALLPHYSICS/SMALL fuerza
    3 SMALLMILITARY/SMALL cuerpo
    1 (oblige) forzar, obligar
    2 (break open) forzar
    4 (plants) hacer madurar temprano
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    by force por la fuerza, a la fuerza
    to come into force entrar en vigor
    from force of habit / by force of habit por la fuerza de costumbre
    in force (people) en gran número 2 (law, rule) en vigor, vigente
    to force somebody's hand forzar la mano de alguien
    to force the pace apretar el paso
    to force oneself to do something hacer un esfuerzo por hacer algo, obligarse a hacer algo
    to force somebody into doing something obligar a alguien a hacer algo
    force ['fors] vt, forced ; forcing
    1) compel: obligar, forzar
    2) : forzar
    to force open the window: forzar la ventana
    to force a lock: forzar una cerradura
    3) impose: imponer, obligar
    1) : fuerza f
    2)
    by force : por la fuerza
    3)
    in force : en vigor, en vigencia
    n.
    energía s.f.
    enjundia s.f.
    fuerza (Física) s.f.
    hervor s.m.
    personal s.m.
    validez s.f.
    vigencia s.f.
    v.
    apremiar v.
    compeler v.
    constreñir v.
    encajar v.
    forzar v.
    obligar v.

    I fɔːrs, fɔːs
    1) c u (strength, coercion) fuerza f

    to use/resort to force — hacer* uso de/recurrir a la fuerza

    2) c (influential thing, person) fuerza f

    to join forces with somebody — unirse a alguien, hacer* causa común con alguien

    3) c ( group of people) fuerza f

    our sales force — nuestro personal de ventas, nuestro equipo de vendedores

    4) u ( validity) fuerza f

    to be in force — estar* en vigor or vigencia


    II
    1) ( compel)

    to force somebody to + INF — obligar* or forzar* a alguien a + inf

    they were forced to sell/into selling — se vieron obligados or forzados a vender

    2)
    a) (bring about, obtain) \<\<action/change\>\> provocar*
    b) ( extort)

    to force something OUT OF o FROM somebody — \<\<secret/confession\>\> arrancarle* algo a la fuerza a alguien

    3) ( impose)

    to force something ON somebody: the decision was forced on us by events los acontecimientos nos obligaron a tomar esa decisión; I didn't want to take the money, but she forced it on me yo no quería el dinero pero me obligó a aceptarlo; to force oneself on somebody — ( sexually) violar a alguien

    4) (exert pressure, push, drive) \<\<knob/handle/door/link\>\> forzar*

    to force a door open — forzar* una puerta

    Phrasal Verbs:
    [fɔːs]
    1. N
    1) (=strength) fuerza f

    to do sth by force — hacer algo por la fuerza

    by sheer force (physical) solo a base de fuerza

    by or through sheer force of personality — a fuerza de or a base de puro carácter

    from force of habit — por la fuerza de la costumbre

    the force of gravityla fuerza de la gravedad

    the police were out in force — la policía había salido en masa, había un enorme despliegue policial

    to resort to force — recurrir a la fuerza

    to use force — hacer uso de la fuerza

    brute 2.
    2) (Met)
    3) (=influence) fuerza f

    the forces of evillas fuerzas del mal

    the forces of naturelas fuerzas de la naturaleza

    driving, join, life, market
    4) (=legitimacy) fuerza f

    to be in force — [law, tax] estar vigente or en vigor

    to come into force — entrar en vigor, hacerse vigente

    5) (=body of people) (Mil) fuerza f

    allied forces — fuerzas fpl aliadas, ejércitos mpl aliados

    sales force — (Comm) personal m de ventas

    the force — (=police force) la policía, el cuerpo (de policía)

    the forces — (Brit) (Mil) las fuerzas armadas

    2. VT
    1) (=compel) [+ person] obligar, forzar

    she was forced to the conclusion that... — se vio obligada or forzada a concluir que...

    to force sb to do sthobligar or forzar a algn a hacer algo

    I am forced to admit that... — me veo obligado or forzado a admitir que...

    I had to force myself to pick it uptuve que obligarme or forzarme a recogerlo del suelo

    I had to force myself to stay calmtuve que obligarme or forzarme a permanecer sereno

    to force sb into doing sth — obligar or forzar a algn a hacer algo

    they forced me into signing the agreementme obligaron or forzaron a firmar el acuerdo

    to force sb into a corner — (fig) arrinconar a algn

    - force sb's hand
    2) (=impose)

    to force sth on sb — imponer algo a algn

    to force o.s. on sb: I don't want to force myself on you, but... — no quisiera importunarte (con mi presencia), pero...

    he forced himself on one of the girls (sexually) forzó a una de las chicas

    3) (=push, squeeze)

    he forced the clothes into the suitcase — metió la ropa en la maleta a la fuerza, embutió la ropa en la maleta

    the lorry forced the car off the road — el camión obligó or forzó al coche a salirse de la carretera, el camión hizo que el coche se saliera de la carretera

    he was forced out of office — lo obligaron or forzaron a dimitir del cargo

    she forced her way through the crowd — se abrió paso entre la muchedumbre a or por la fuerza

    4) (=break open) [+ lock, door] forzar

    to force sth open[+ drawer, door, window] forzar algo

    5) (=exert, strain) [+ voice] forzar

    to force the pace — (lit) forzar el ritmo or la marcha; (fig) forzar la marcha de los acontecimientos

    don't force the situationno fuerces la situación

    6) (=produce with effort) [+ answer] forzar

    to force a smile — forzar una sonrisa, sonreír de manera forzada

    7) (Hort, Agr) [+ vegetable, fruit] acelerar el crecimiento de
    8) (=obtain by force) conseguir a or por la fuerza

    to force a confession from or out of sb — obtener una confesión de algn a or por la fuerza

    we forced the secret out of him — le sacamos el secreto a or por la fuerza

    to force a vote on sth — forzar una votación sobre algo

    3.
    CPD

    force majeure Nfuerza f mayor

    * * *

    I [fɔːrs, fɔːs]
    1) c u (strength, coercion) fuerza f

    to use/resort to force — hacer* uso de/recurrir a la fuerza

    2) c (influential thing, person) fuerza f

    to join forces with somebody — unirse a alguien, hacer* causa común con alguien

    3) c ( group of people) fuerza f

    our sales force — nuestro personal de ventas, nuestro equipo de vendedores

    4) u ( validity) fuerza f

    to be in force — estar* en vigor or vigencia


    II
    1) ( compel)

    to force somebody to + INF — obligar* or forzar* a alguien a + inf

    they were forced to sell/into selling — se vieron obligados or forzados a vender

    2)
    a) (bring about, obtain) \<\<action/change\>\> provocar*
    b) ( extort)

    to force something OUT OF o FROM somebody — \<\<secret/confession\>\> arrancarle* algo a la fuerza a alguien

    3) ( impose)

    to force something ON somebody: the decision was forced on us by events los acontecimientos nos obligaron a tomar esa decisión; I didn't want to take the money, but she forced it on me yo no quería el dinero pero me obligó a aceptarlo; to force oneself on somebody — ( sexually) violar a alguien

    4) (exert pressure, push, drive) \<\<knob/handle/door/link\>\> forzar*

    to force a door open — forzar* una puerta

    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > force

  • 39 lög-rétta

    u, f.
    I. ‘law-mending,’ an ordinance; þat væri góð lögrétta er konungrinn gaf um konunglega refsing, Sks. 670.
    II. as a law term, the name of the legislature of the Icel. Commonwealth, either from rétta lög, to make the law right, or perh. better from rétt, a fence, qs. a law-fence, law-yard, law-court, from being held within the sacred circle, called vé-bönd; for the word is used of the place as well as of the body sitting there, e. g. ganga til lögréttu, to proceed to the l., Nj. 150.
    2. in the Norse law, as also in Iceland after the union with Norway, lögrétta was the public court of law held during the general assembly (þing), and presided over by the lagman; the members (lögréttu menn) were delegated from all the counties represented in the assembly, see N. G. L. ii. 10 sqq., as also Jb. Þingfara-balk, ch. 2.
    3. in the Icel. Commonwealth the lögrétta was the legislative held during the althing on the lögbergi (q. v.), and consisted of the forty-eight Goðar (see goði); it was presided over by the lögsögu-maðr (see lögmaðr), and controlled all laws and licences (ráða lögum ok lofum), and was the supreme power in the land; for its power, composition, and duties, see esp. Íb. ch. 5, Grág. passim, esp. the Lögréttu-þáttr or section of the lögrétta, the Þingskapa-þáttr, the Njála, and the Sagas passim; of mod. writers, Maurer’s Beiträge, Dasent’s Introduction to Burnt Njál.
    COMPDS: lögréttufé, lögréttumaðr, lögréttuseta, lögrettuskipan, lögréttuþáttr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > lög-rétta

  • 40 configuration

    1. конфигурация; схема; компоновка; форма; комбинация
    3. вариант <ЛА>
    10x8 configuration
    15% unstable configuration
    actuator configuration
    aero-balanced configuration
    aeroelastic configuration
    aeromedical configuration
    aft CG configuration
    air defence configuration
    air-combat configuration
    air-to-air configuration
    aircraft configuration
    aircraft-like configuration
    airfoil-spoiler-flap configuration
    airframe-inlet configuration
    all-cargo configuration
    all-economy configuration
    all-freight configuration
    all-wing configuration
    anti-ice configuration
    approach-flap configuration
    arrow-wing configuration
    as delivered configuration
    as-built configuration
    asymmetrical missile configuration
    back-staggered configuration
    baseline configuration
    benchmark configuration
    blade configuration
    blade/hub configuration
    blowing configuration
    broad-brush configuration
    butterfly configuration
    cabin configuration
    canard configuration
    canard-tail configuration
    canard-wing configuration
    canard-wing-body configuration
    canardless configuration
    cargo-loading configuration
    chine configuration
    chined configuration
    circular configuration
    clean configuration
    close-coupled canard configuration
    close-coupled wing-canard configuration
    closed-loop configuration
    coaxial configuration
    cockpit configuration
    constant gain configuration
    control configuration
    control law configuration
    control surface configuration
    control system configuration
    critical configuration
    cruise configuration
    delta-canard configuration
    delta-winged configuration
    departure resistant configuration
    deployed configuration
    display configuration
    double-delta configuration
    downstop configuration
    dual cargo-hook configuration
    dual-console configuration
    economy class configuration
    ejector-lift and vectored-thrust configuration
    electronic reconnaissance configuration
    empennage configuration
    energy-conservative configuration
    engine configuration
    evaluation configuration
    fairing configuration
    fighter-like configuration
    filter configuration
    finned configuration
    flap configuration
    flapped configuration
    flaps-up configuration
    flying boom configuration
    forebody configuration
    forebody off configuration
    forebody removed configuration
    forward-swept configuration
    forward-swept-wing configuration
    four-blade configuration
    four-engine configuration
    free-turbine configuration
    geometric configuration
    glide configuration
    glove-fuselage configuration
    go-around configuration
    heavy store configuration
    high-angle-of-attack configuration
    high-control-effectiveness configuration
    high-altitude configuration
    high-density configuration
    high-fineness-ratio configuration
    high-lift configuration
    high-overshoot configuration
    high-wing configuration
    horizontal ellipse configuration
    hypersonic configuration
    in-flight configuration
    in-line configuration
    inboard-jointed configuration
    inertially slender configuration
    inlet configuration
    inversely derived configuration
    iron bird configuration
    jet balanced configuration
    joined wing configuration
    landing configuration
    LEX configuration
    lifting body configuration
    lighting configuration
    low-bypass configuration
    low-drag configuration
    low-fineness-ratio configuration
    low-overshoot configuration
    low-signature configuration
    low-speed configuration
    maneuver configuration
    midwing configuration
    minimum drag configuration
    mixed-class configuration
    multisurface configuration
    multibody configuration
    multiengine configuration
    multiple-jet configuration
    normal-shock configuration
    nose-boom-off configuration
    nose-boom-on configuration
    oblique-wing configuration
    open-loop configuration
    ordnance configuration
    over-the-wing configuration
    panelized configuration
    parcel-freighter configuration
    partial-freight configuration
    passenger configuration
    payload configuration
    pitch control configuration
    pitch attitude-tracking configuration
    pitch-only configuration
    pitch rate command configuration
    podded configuration
    pole-zero configuration
    poor RSS configuration
    power approach configuration
    power-on aircraft configuration
    powered configuration
    powerplant configuration
    pre-production configuration
    production configuration
    propulsor configuration
    pusher configuration
    ratchet configuration
    real configuration
    rear-loading configuration
    rotor plus wing configuration
    rotor-airframe configuration
    rotor-fuselage configuration
    rotor-winglet configuration
    rotorcraft configuration
    seating configuration
    sensor configuration
    side-by-side configuration
    simulation configuration
    single-jet configuration
    single-body configuration
    single-engine configuration
    single-fuselage configuration
    single-pilot configuration
    single-rotor configuration
    single-shaft configuration
    sized configuration
    slat configuration
    soft in-plane configuration
    spoiler configuration
    stable configuration
    stall-resistant configuration
    starting configuration
    steady flight configuration
    stiff in-plane configuration
    STOL configuration
    store configuration
    STOVL configuration
    straight-wing configuration
    strake off configuration
    strake-wing configuration
    supersonic cruise configuration
    symmetrical missile configuration
    T-tail configuration
    tail configuration
    tail control configuration
    tail-aft configuration
    tailed configuration
    tailed-delta configuration
    tailless configuration
    takeoff configuration
    tandem configuration
    tandem-wing configuration
    tandem-rotor configuration
    test configuration
    three shaft configuration
    three-engine configuration
    three-shock configuration
    thrust-down configuration
    thrust-up configuration
    thrust-vectored configuration
    tilt-rotor configuration
    tilting engine configuration
    tip-jointed configuration
    tractor configuration
    trailing-edge configuration
    Trefftz-plane configuration
    tunnel-supported configuration
    turbojet-powered configuration
    turboprop configuration
    turboshaft configuration
    turning configuration
    twin-lift helicopter configuration
    two-bladed configuration
    two-cabin configuration
    two-engine configuration
    two-shaft configuration
    two-stage configuration
    two-surface configuration
    under-the-wing configuration
    unslatted configuration
    unstable configuration
    unstick configuration
    up and away configuration
    upper-surface-blowing configuration
    upper-surface-blown configuration
    USB configuration
    V/STOL configuration
    variable-bypass-ratio configuration
    variable-geometry configuration
    VATOL configuration
    vectored-engine-over-wing configuration
    VEO-wing configuration
    vertical ellipse configuration
    VTOL configuration
    widely spaced pod configuration
    Wild Weasel configuration
    wing configuration
    wing mounted configuration
    wing-body-nacelle configuration
    wing-body-tail configuration
    wing-canard configuration
    wing-fence configuration
    wing-flap configuration
    wing-spoiler-flap configuration
    wing-tail-fuselage configuration
    wing-store configuration
    yaw vane configuration
    zig-zag configuration

    Авиасловарь > configuration

См. также в других словарях:

  • Stevens' power law — is a proposed relationship between the magnitude of a physical stimulus and its perceived intensity or strength. It is often considered to supersede the Weber Fechner law on the basis that it describes a wider range of sensations, although… …   Wikipedia

  • law — / lȯ/ n [Old English lagu, of Scandinavian origin] 1: a rule of conduct or action prescribed or formally recognized as binding or enforced by a controlling authority: as a: a command or provision enacted by a legislature see also statute 1 b:… …   Law dictionary

  • power — pow·er n 1: capability of acting or of producing an effect parties of unequal bargaining power 2 a: authority or capacity to act that is delegated by law or constitution often used in pl. commerce power often cap C&P: the power delegated to… …   Law dictionary

  • Law of Japan — Contents 1 Historical Developments 2 Sources of law 3 Precedent 4 Civil law 4.1 Contracts …   Wikipedia

  • Body mass index — The body mass index (BMI), or Quetelet index, is a statistical measurement which compares a person s weight and height. Though it does not actually measure the percentage of body fat, it is a useful tool to estimate a healthy body weight based on …   Wikipedia

  • Law — (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See {Lie} to be… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Law binding — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Law book — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Law calf — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • law calf — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Law day — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»